S-4

Registration No. 333-            

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION*

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	1311	20-0098515
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300

Denver, Colorado 80290-2300

(303) 837-1661

(Address, Including ZIP Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

James J. Volker

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300

Denver, Colorado 80290-2300

(303) 837-1661

(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

Copies to:

Benjamin F. Garmer, III, Esq. Foley & Lardner LLP 777 East Wisconsin Avenue Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202-5306 (414) 271-2400 Kendor P. Jones, Esq. Welborn Sullivan Meck & Tooley, P.C. 821 17^th Street, Suite 500 Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 830-2500

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable following consummation of the exchange offer described in this registration statement.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

TITLE OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED	AMOUNT TO BE REGISTERED	PROPOSED MAXIMUM OFFERING PRICE PER NOTE (1)	PROPOSED MAXIMUM AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE	AMOUNT OF REGISTRATION FEE
7 ¼% New Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (2)	$150,000,000	100%	$150,000,000	$19,005
Guarantees for the 7 ¼% New Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012	(3)	(3)	(3)	(3)

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of determining the registration fee.

(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required with respect to the guarantees.

The registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

* TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Name, Address and Telephone Number (1)	State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Primary Standard Industrial Classification Number	I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation	Delaware	1311	84-0918829
Whiting Programs, Inc.	Delaware	1311	84-0865622

⁽¹⁾ The address for each of these additional registrants is 1700 Broadway, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80290-2300. Their telephone number is (303) 837-1661.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion

Preliminary prospectus dated May 27, 2004

PROSPECTUS

Whiting Petroleum Corporation

Offer to Exchange

All Outstanding

7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

$150,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount

for

New 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

$150,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount

• We are offering to exchange new registered 7 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 for all of our outstanding unregistered 7 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

• The exchange offer expires at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2004, unless we extend it.

• The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to those of the old notes, except that the new notes will not have securities law transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes and the new notes will not provide for the payment of additional interest under circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer.

• The new notes will be unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of our subsidiaries on a senior subordinated basis.

• All outstanding old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged.

• You may withdraw your tender of old notes any time before the exchange offer expires.

• We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

• No established trading market for the new notes currently exists. The new notes will not be listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated quotation system.

• The exchange of notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 for a discussion of risk factors that you should consider before deciding to exchange your old notes for new notes.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2004.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Prospectus Summary	1
Risk Factors	13
Forward–Looking Statements	25
Use of Proceeds	26
Capitalization	26
The Exchange Offer	27
Selected Historical Financial Information	36
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	38
Business and Properties	53
Management	67
Principal Holders of Common Stock	71
Description of Other Indebtedness	73
Description of the New Notes	74
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations	120
Plan of Distribution	121
Legal Matters	122
Independent Auditors	122
Independent Oil and Gas Consultants	122
Where You Can Find More Information	122
Index to Financial Statements	F-1
Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms	A-1

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Whiting,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “ours” refer to Whiting Petroleum Corporation, together with its only operating subsidiary, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation. When the context requires, we refer to these entities separately.

This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. We will provide you without charge upon your request, a copy of any documents that we incorporate by reference, other than exhibits to those documents that are not specifically incorporated by reference into those documents. You may request a copy of a document by writing to Patricia J. Miller, Vice President—Human Resources and Corporate Secretary, Whiting Petroleum Corporation, 1700 Broadway, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80290-2300, or by calling Ms. Miller at (303) 837-1661. To ensure timely delivery, you must request the information no later than five business days before the completion of the exchange offer. Therefore, you must make any request on or before                     , 2004.

- i -

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have provided definitions for the oil and natural gas terms used in this prospectus in the “Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms” included in this prospectus. The reserve information and other related operating statistics contained in this prospectus are as of January 1, 2004 unless otherwise indicated.

About Our Company

We are engaged in oil and natural gas exploitation, acquisition, exploration and production activities primarily in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin, Rocky Mountains, Michigan and Mid-Continent regions of the United States. Our focus is on pursuing growth projects that we believe will generate attractive rates of return and maintaining a balanced portfolio of lower risk, long-lived oil and natural gas properties that provide stable cash flows.

Since our inception in 1980, we have built a strong asset base and achieved steady growth through both property acquisitions and exploitation activities. As of January 1, 2004, our estimated proved reserves had a pre-tax PV10% value of approximately $784.6 million, approximately 85% of which came from properties located in three states: Texas, North Dakota and Michigan. We spent approximately $52.0 million on capital projects during 2003, including $38.8 million for the drilling of 72 gross (24.8 net) wells (64 successful completions and eight uneconomic wells). We have budgeted approximately $68.0 million for capital expenditures in 2004, including $33.0 million for the development of proved reserves and $35.0 million for the development of currently unproved reserves. Although we have no specific budget for acquisitions, we will also continue to seek property acquisition opportunities that complement our existing core properties. We believe that our exploitation and acquisition expertise and our exploration inventory, together with our operating experience and efficient cost structure, provide us with the potential to continue our growth.

We have a balanced portfolio of oil and natural gas reserves, with approximately 53% of our proved reserves consisting of natural gas and approximately 47% consisting of oil. Our properties generally have long reserve lives and reasonably stable and predictable well production characteristics with a ratio of proved reserves to trailing 12 month production ending December 31, 2003 of approximately 11.8 years. Approximately 75% of our proved reserves are classified as proved developed and approximately 25% are classified as proved undeveloped.

The following table summarizes our total net proved reserves and pre-tax PV10% value within our four core areas as of January 1, 2004, as well as our December 2003 average daily production.

	Proved Reserves			Pre-Tax PV 10% Value (In thousands)		December 2003 Average Daily Production
Core Area	Oil (MMbbl)	Natural Gas (Bcf)	Total (Bcfe)			MMcfe	% Natural Gas
Gulf Coast/Permian Basin	5.5	89.4	122.5	$	266,745	40.0	76	%
Rocky Mountains	26.5	17.6	176.5		261,071	32.3	11	%
Michigan	1.1	107.2	114.1		214,407	21.3	92	%
Mid-Continent	1.5	16.8	25.7		42,400	8.2	73	%
Total	34.6	231.0	438.8	$	784,623	101.8	59	%

- 1 -

Business Strategy

Our goal is to increase stockholder value by investing in oil and gas projects with attractive rates of return on capital employed. We plan to achieve this goal by exploiting and developing our existing oil and natural gas properties and pursuing acquisitions of additional properties. Specifically, we have focused, and plan to continue to focus, on the following:

Developing and Exploiting Existing Properties. We believe that there is significant value to be created by drilling the numerous identified undeveloped opportunities on our properties. We own interests in a total of 517,000 gross (206,000 net) developed acres. In addition, as of December 31, 2003, we owned interests in approximately 386,000 gross (188,000 net) undeveloped acres that contain many exploitation opportunities. During the three years ended December 31, 2003, we invested $94 million to participate in the drilling of 169 gross (60.6 net) wells. The majority of these wells were developmental wells, and 85.2% were successful completions. As of January 1, 2004, we had identified a total of 171 proved undeveloped drilling locations on our properties. We drilled or participated in the drilling of 72 gross (24.8 net) wells during the year ended December 31, 2003. We plan to invest $68 million on the further development of our properties in 2004.

Pursuing Profitable Acquisitions. We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of properties that we believe to have exploitation and development potential comparable to our existing inventory of drilling locations. We have developed and refined an acquisition program designed to increase reserves and complement our existing core properties. We have an experienced team of management and engineering and geoscience professionals who identify and evaluate acquisition opportunities, negotiate and close purchases and manage acquired properties.

Focusing on High Return Operated and Non-Operated Properties. We have historically acquired operated as well as non-operated properties that meet or exceed our rate of return criteria. For acquisitions of properties with additional development, exploitation and exploration potential, our focus has been on acquiring operated properties so that we can better control the timing and implementation of capital spending. In some instances, we have been able to acquire non-operated property interests at attractive rates of return that provided a foothold in a new area of interest or complemented our existing operations. We intend to continue to acquire both operated and non-operated interests to the extent they meet our return criteria and further our growth strategy.

Controlling Costs through Efficient Operation of Existing Properties. We operate approximately 60% of the pre-tax PV10% value of our total proved reserves and approximately 82% of the pre-tax PV10% value of our proved undeveloped reserves, which we believe enables us to better manage expenses, capital allocation and the decision-making processes related to our exploitation and exploration activities. For the year ended December 31, 2003, our lease operating expense per Mcfe averaged $1.16 and general and administrative costs averaged $0.34 per Mcfe produced, net of reimbursements.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our key competitive strengths lie in our diversified asset base, our experienced management team and our commitment to efficient utilization of new technologies.

Diversified Asset Base. We have interests in 5,006 wells in 16 states across our four core geographical areas of the United States. This property base, as well as our continuing business strategy of acquiring and developing properties in our core operating areas, presents us with a large number of opportunities for successful development and exploitation and additional acquisitions.

Experienced Management Team. Our management team averages 26 years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry. Our personnel have extensive experience in each of our core geographical areas and in all of our operational disciplines. In addition, each of our acquisition professionals has at least 20 years of experience in the evaluation, acquisition and operational assimilation of oil and natural gas properties.

- 2 -

Commitment to Technology. In each of our core operating areas, we have accumulated detailed geologic and geophysical knowledge and have developed significant technical and operational expertise. In recent years, we have developed considerable expertise in conventional and 3-D seismic imaging and interpretation. Our technical team has access to approximately 575 square miles of 3-D seismic data, which we have assembled primarily over the past five years. A team with access to state-of-the-art geophysical/geological computer applications and hardware analyzes this information. Computer applications, such as the WellView^® software system, enable us to quickly generate reports and schematics on our wells. In addition, our information systems enable us to update our production databases through daily uploads from hand-held computers in the field. This technology and expertise has greatly aided our pursuit of attractive development projects.

Acquisition of Equity Oil Company

On February 2, 2004, we announced that we had entered into a definitive merger agreement to acquire Equity Oil Company in a transaction valued at approximately $76.2 million based on the closing sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on January 30, 2004, the last trading day immediately prior to the public announcement of the transaction, including the assumption of debt outstanding under Equity’s credit facility, which was approximately $29.0 million of as of March 31, 2004. Due to the fixed exchange ratio discussed below and the increase in the closing price per share of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange from $19.24 on January 30, 2004 to $23.47 on May 25, 2004, the transaction would be valued at $88.6 million as of May 25, 2004, including the assumption of debt.

Equity Oil Company is an independent energy company that explores for, exploits and produces oil and natural gas with operations focused primarily in California, Colorado, North Dakota and Wyoming. For the year ended December 31, 2003, Equity reported income from continuing operations of $2.4 million, net cash provided by operating activities of $11.5 million and production of 6.6 Bcfe (45% natural gas). For the three months ended March 31, 2004, Equity reported income from continuing operations of $0.4 million, net cash provided by operating activities of $1.9 million and production of 140,000 barrels of oil and 605 MMcf of natural gas. As of December 31, 2003, based on the reserve report prepared by Ryder Scott Company, L.P., independent petroleum engineers, Equity had 87.7 Bcfe of proved oil and natural gas reserves and a net present value of proved oil and natural gas reserves (using year-end prices and costs held constant and discounted at 10%) of $94.0 million.

The merger agreement provides for a stock-for-stock merger pursuant to which Equity shareholders will receive a fixed exchange ratio of 0.185 shares of our common stock for each share of Equity common stock that they own. The merger is subject to the approval of shareholders owning two-thirds of the outstanding Equity shares and other customary closing conditions. Two directors of Equity, including Equity’s President and Chief Executive Officer, have agreed with us to vote all of their Equity shares in favor of the merger and have given us an option to acquire their shares under certain circumstances. Together, these directors own approximately 16.6% of the outstanding Equity common stock. Equity intends to call a special meeting of its shareholders during the second quarter of 2004 to consider and vote on the merger. We expect to complete the merger as soon as practicable following approval by Equity’s shareholders.

Corporate Information

Whiting Petroleum Corporation was incorporated in Delaware on July 18, 2003 for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation in connection with our initial public offering. Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation was incorporated in Delaware in 1983. Prior to our initial public offering in November 2003, we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliant Energy Corporation, an energy services provider engaged primarily in regulated utility operations in the Midwest, with other non-regulated domestic and international operations.

Our principal executive offices are located at 1700 Broadway, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado, 80290-2300, and our telephone number is (303) 837-1661.

- 3 -

The Exchange Offer

Old Notes	We sold $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012, which are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by some of our subsidiaries on a senior subordinated basis, to the initial purchasers on May 11, 2004. In this prospectus, we refer to those notes as the old notes. The initial purchasers resold the old notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and to non-U.S. persons in transactions outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933.
Registration Rights Agreement	When we sold the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in which we agreed, among other things, to provide you and all other holders of the old notes the opportunity to exchange your unregistered old notes for a new series of substantially identical notes that we have registered under the Securities Act. The exchange offer is being made for that purpose.
New Notes	We are offering to exchange the old notes for 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 that we have registered under the Securities Act, which are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by some of our subsidiaries on a senior subordinated basis. In this prospectus, we refer to those registered notes as the new notes. The terms of the new notes and the old notes are substantially identical except:
	•      the new notes will be issued in a transaction that will have been registered under the Securities Act;
	•      the new notes will not contain securities law restrictions on transfer; and
	•      the new notes will not provide for the payment of additional interest under circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer.
The Exchange Offer	We are offering to exchange $1,000 principal amount of the new notes for each $1,000 principal amount of your old notes. As of the date of this prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. For procedures for tendering, see “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.”
Expiration Date	The exchange offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on             , 2004, unless we extend it.
Resales of New Notes	We believe that the new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if:
	•      you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
	•      you are acquiring the new notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

- 4 -

	•      you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the new notes.
	If you are an affiliate of ours, or are engaging in or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the new notes, then:
	•      you may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC;
	•      you will not be permitted to tender old notes in the exchange offer; and
	•      you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the old notes.
	Each participating broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account under the exchange offer in exchange for old notes that were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activity must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
	Any broker-dealer that acquired old notes from us may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and must comply with registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act (including being named as a selling securityholder) in connection with any resales of the old notes or the new notes.
Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery of New Notes	We will accept for exchange any and all old notes that are validly tendered in the exchange offer and not withdrawn before the offer expires. The new notes will be delivered promptly following the exchange offer.
Withdrawal Rights	You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before the exchange offer expires.
Conditions of the Exchange Offer	The exchange offer is subject to the following conditions, which we may waive:
	•      the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, will not violate any applicable law or interpretation by the staff of the SEC; and
	•      no action may be pending or threatened in any court or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that may impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange	If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and you do not tender your old notes, then you will not have further exchange or registration rights and you will continue to hold old notes subject to restrictions on transfer.

- 5 -

Federal Income Tax Consequences	The exchange of old notes for new notes will not be taxable to a United States holder for federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will not recognize any gain or loss upon receipt of the new notes. See “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Use of Proceeds	We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
Accounting Treatment	We will not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange of notes. See “The Exchange Offer—Accounting Treatment.”
Exchange Agent	J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, is the exchange agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

The New Notes

The following is a brief summary of some of the terms of the new notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the new notes, see “Description of the New Notes” in this prospectus.

Issuer	Whiting Petroleum Corporation
Notes offered	$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012.
Maturity date	May 1, 2012.
Interest payment dates	May 1 and November 1, beginning November 1, 2004.
Ranking	The new notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of our senior debt. The new notes will rank equally with any senior subordinated debt we may incur in the future and will rank senior to any subordinated debt we may incur in the future. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” for a description of our indebtedness. As of March 31, 2004, after giving effect to the issuance of the old notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we would have had total senior debt of approximately $3.1 million (excluding our guarantee of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement), no senior subordinated debt other than the notes and no debt subordinated to the notes, and our operating subsidiary, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, would have had senior debt of approximately $1.1 million consisting of borrowings under its credit agreement and no other debt. If our pending acquisition of Equity Oil Company is completed, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation expects to incorporate into its credit agreement the senior debt outstanding under Equity’s credit facility, which was approximately $29.0 million as of March 31, 2004.
Optional redemption	We will have the option to redeem the new notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after May 1, 2008, at the redemption prices described in this prospectus under the heading “Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption,” together with any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

- 6 -

Equity offering optional redemption	Before May 1, 2007, we may, at any time or from time to time, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes with the net proceeds of a public or private equity offering at 107.25% of the principal amount of the new notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding after such redemption and the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.
Change of control	When a change of control event occurs, each holder of new notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of its new notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of such new notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
Guarantees	The new notes will be unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by certain of our subsidiaries on a senior subordinated basis. All of our existing subsidiaries are restricted subsidiaries.
Certain Covenants	The indenture governing the new notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
	•      pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock or redeem or repurchase our subordinated debt,
	•      make investments,
	•      incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock,
	•      create certain liens,
	•      sell assets,
	•      enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us,
	•      consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of us and our restricted subsidiaries taken as a whole,
	•      engage in transactions with affiliates,
	•      create unrestricted subsidiaries, and
	•      enter into sale and leaseback transactions.
	These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications that are described under the heading “Description of the New Notes” in this prospectus.

- 7 -

Absence of a public market for the notes	The new notes are new securities and there is currently no established market for the new notes. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the new notes on any securities exchange or for the inclusion of the new notes on any automated dealer quotation system. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any market for the new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Risk factors	See “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to exchange your old notes for new notes.

- 8 -

Summary Historical Financial Information

The following summary historical financial information for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes. The summary historical financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes. This information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with material contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which includes a discussion of factors materially affecting the comparability of the information presented, and in conjunction with our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001
	(dollars in millions)
Consolidated Income Statement Information:
Revenues:
Oil and gas sales	$	47.6		$	49.5		$	175.7		$	122.7		$	125.2
Gain (loss) on oil and gas hedging activities		(1.0	)		(6.7	)		(8.7	)		(3.2	)		2.3
Gain on sale of oil and gas properties		—			—			—			1.0			11.7
Interest income and other		0.1			—			0.3			—			0.2
Total revenues	$	46.7		$	42.8		$	167.3		$	120.5		$	139.4
Costs and expenses:
Lease operating	$	10.5		$	10.7		$	43.2		$	32.9		$	29.8
Production taxes		3.0			3.0			10.7			7.4			6.5
Depreciation, depletion and amortization (1)		10.7			10.6			41.2			43.6			26.9
Exploration		0.4			0.2			3.2			1.8			0.8
Phantom equity plan (2)		—			—			10.9			—			—
General and administrative		4.0			3.2			12.8			12.0			10.9
Interest expense		2.3			3.2			9.2			10.9			10.2
Total costs and expenses	$	31.0		$	30.9		$	131.2		$	108.6		$	85.1
Income before income taxes and cumulative change	$	15.7		$	11.9		$	36.1		$	11.9		$	54.3
Income tax expense (3)		6.1			4.5			13.9			4.2			13.1
Income from continuing operations		9.6			7.5			22.2			7.7			41.2
Cumulative change in accounting principle (4)		—			(3.9	)		(3.9	)		—			—
Net income	$	9.6		$	3.6		$	18.3		$	7.7		$	41.2
Other Financial Information:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	14.3		$	15.6		$	96.4		$	62.6		$	62.3
Capital expenditures (5)	$	11.5		$	5.2		$	52.0		$	165.4		$	99.6
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)		7.62	x		4.65	x		4.85	x		2.08	x		6.10	x
	As of March 31,						As of December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001
Balance Sheet Information:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	16.4		$	15.6		$	53.6		$	4.8		$	1.0
Total assets	$	498.6		$	467.6		$	536.3		$	448.5		$	319.8
Total debt	$	148.1		$	185.0		$	188.0		$	265.5		$	163.6
Stockholders’ equity	$	271.3		$	208.3		$	259.6		$	122.8		$	111.5

⁽¹⁾ We reduced the amount of our abandonment liability estimate from approximately $13.0 million at December 31, 2000 to $4.0 million at December 31, 2001 as a result of receiving a revised and more detailed dismantlement plan from our dismantlement operator. This $9.0 million change in estimate reduced our depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in our 2001 financial statements as the expense for the abandonment liability had originally been recorded as a depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.

- 9 -

⁽²⁾ The completion of our initial public offering in November 2003 constituted a triggering event under our phantom equity plan, pursuant to which our employees received payments valued at $10.9 million in the form of shares of our common stock valued at approximately $6.5 million after withholding of shares for payroll and income taxes. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2003, we recorded a one-time non-cash charge of $6.5 million and a one-time cash charge of $4.4 million, of which Alliant Energy Corporation funded the substantial majority. The phantom equity plan is now terminated.

⁽³⁾ We generated Section 29 tax credits of $6.6 million in 2001 and $5.4 million in 2002. Section 29 tax credit provisions of the Internal Revenue Code expired as of December 31, 2002. In 2002, we were able to use our $5.4 million of Section 29 tax credits in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by Alliant Energy, but since these credits would not have been used in a stand-alone filing, they were recorded as additional paid-in capital as opposed to a reduction in income tax expense.

⁽⁴⁾ In 2003, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This was a one-time charge to net income.

⁽⁵⁾ In 2003, we acquired the limited partnership interests in three partnerships in which our wholly owned subsidiary is the general partner. Though disclosed as acquisitions of limited partnership interests in our consolidated statements of cash flows, these amounts are recorded as oil and natural gas properties on our consolidated balance sheets and are included in capital expenditures in this summary historical financial information.

⁽⁶⁾ For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes, fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed, interest capitalized, amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness and an estimate of interest within rental expense.

- 10 -

Summary Historical Reserve and Operating Data

The following table presents summary information regarding our estimated net proved oil and natural gas reserves as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and our historical operating data for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003. All calculations of estimated net proved reserves have been made in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and, except as otherwise indicated, give no effect to federal or state income taxes. For additional information regarding our reserves, please read “Business and Properties—Summary of Oil and Natural Gas Properties and Projects” and note 10 to our financial statements.

	As of December 31,
	2003		2002		2001
Reserve Data:
Total estimated net proved reserves:
Natural gas (Bcf)		231.0		236.0		227.5
Oil (MMbbls)		34.6		29.5		14.8
Total (Bcfe)		438.8		412.7		316.3
Estimated net proved developed reserves:
Natural gas (Bcf)		171.9		167.6		136.8
Oil (MMbbls)		26.2		23.8		11.0
Total (Bcfe)		328.9		310.4		202.8
Estimated future net revenues before income taxes (in millions)	$	1,352.2	$	1,112.4	$	425.6
Present value of estimated future net revenues before income taxes (in millions)(1)(2)	$	784.6	$	638.6	$	244.6
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (in millions)(3)	$	589.6	$	476.0	$	211.7

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Year Ended December 31,
	2004		2003		2003		2002		2001
Operating Data:
Net Production:
Natural gas (Bcf)		5.5		5.4		21.6		21.4		19.8
Oil (MMbbls)		0.6		0.6		2.6		2.3		2.1
Total (Bcfe)		9.4		9.2		37.2		35.2		32.4
Net sales (in millions)(4):
Natural gas	$	27.6	$	30.1	$	104.4	$	68.6	$	75.4
Oil	$	20.0	$	19.3		71.3		54.1		49.8
Total	$	47.6	$	49.4		175.7		122.7		125.2
Average sales price:
Natural gas (per Mcf)(4)	$	5.00	$	5.60	$	4.78	$	3.21	$	3.82
Oil (per Bbl)(4)	$	30.86	$	30.17		27.50		23.35		23.85
Total (Mcfe)(4)	$	5.06	$	5.36		4.73		3.48		3.88
Average (per Mcfe):
Lease operating expenses	$	1.12	$	1.16	$	1.16	$	0.93	$	0.92
Production taxes	$	0.32	$	0.33	$	0.29	$	0.21	$	0.20
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expenses (5)	$	1.14	$	1.15	$	1.11	$	1.24	$	1.11
General and administrative expenses, net of reimbursements	$	0.43	$	0.35	$	0.34	$	0.34	$	0.34
Net income	$	1.02	$	0.39	$	0.49	$	0.22	$	1.28

⁽¹⁾ The present value of estimated future net revenues attributable to our reserves was prepared using constant prices, as of the calculation date, discounted at 10% per year on a pre-tax basis.

-11-

⁽²⁾ The December 31, 2003 amount was calculated using a period end average realized oil price of $29.43 per barrel and a period end average realized natural gas price of $5.52 per Mcf, and the December 31, 2002 amount was calculated using a period end average realized oil price of $28.21 per barrel and a period end average realized natural gas price of $4.39 per Mcf.

⁽³⁾ The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows represents the present value of future cash flows after income tax discounted at 10%.

⁽⁴⁾ Before consideration of hedging transactions.

⁽⁵⁾ We reduced the amount of our abandonment liability estimate from approximately $13.0 million at December 31, 2000 to $4.0 million at December 31, 2001 as a result of receiving a revised and more detailed dismantlement plan from our dismantlement operator. This $9.0 million change in estimate reduced our depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in our 2001 financial statements as the expense for the abandonment liability had originally been recorded as a depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.

-12-

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider each of the risks described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to exchange your old notes for new notes. If any of the following risks develop into actual events, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer and the New Notes

You may have difficulty selling the old notes that you do not exchange.

If you do not exchange your old notes for the new notes offered in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of your old notes. Those transfer restrictions are described in the indenture governing the new notes and in the legend contained on the old notes, and arose because we originally issued the old notes under exemptions from, and in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In general, you may offer or sell your old notes only if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or if they are offered and sold under an exemption from those requirements. We do not intend to register the old notes under the Securities Act.

If a large number of old notes are exchanged for new notes issued in the exchange offer, then it may be more difficult for you to sell your unexchanged old notes. In addition, if you do not exchange your old notes in the exchange offer, then you will no longer be entitled to have those notes registered under the Securities Act.

See “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failing to Exchange Old Notes” for a discussion of the possible consequences of failing to exchange your old notes.

Our debt level and the covenants in the agreements governing our debt could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the new notes.

As of March 31, 2004, after giving effect to the offering of the old notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we would have had approximately $153.1 million in outstanding consolidated indebtedness and $193.9 million of available borrowing capacity under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement. We are currently in the process of executing an amendment and restatement of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement intended to, among other things, increase our borrowing capacity and permit our acquisition of Equity Oil Company. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.” If our pending acquisition of Equity Oil Company is completed, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation expects to incorporate into its credit agreement the senior debt outstanding under Equity’s credit facility, which was approximately $29.0 million as of March 31, 2004. See “Summary—Acquisition of Equity Oil Company.” We are permitted to incur additional indebtedness, provided we meet certain requirements in the indenture governing the new notes and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement.

Our level of indebtedness, and the covenants contained in the agreements governing our debt, could have important consequences on our operations, including:

• making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the new notes or other debt and increasing the risk that we may default on our debt obligations;

-13-

• requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general business activities;

• limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other activities;

• limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

• detracting from our ability to withstand successfully a downturn in our business or the economy generally;

• placing us at a competitive disadvantage against other less leveraged competitors; and

• making us vulnerable to increases in interest rates, because debt under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement may be at variable rates.

We may be required to repay all or a portion of our debt on an accelerated basis in certain circumstances. If we fail to comply with the covenants and other restrictions in the agreements governing our debt, it could lead to an event of default and the acceleration of our repayment of outstanding debt. Our ability to comply with these covenants and other restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic and financial conditions. Moreover, the borrowing base limitation on Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement is periodically redetermined based on an evaluation of our reserves. Upon a redetermination, if borrowings in excess of the revised borrowing capacity were outstanding, we could be forced to repay a portion of our bank debt.

We may not have sufficient funds to make such repayments. If we are unable to repay our debt out of cash on hand, we could attempt to refinance such debt, sell assets or repay such debt with the proceeds from an equity offering. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow to pay the interest on our debt or that future borrowings, equity financings or proceeds from the sale of assets will be available to pay or refinance such debt. The terms of our debt, including Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement, may also prohibit us from taking such actions. Factors that will affect our ability to raise cash through an offering of our capital stock, a refinancing of our debt or a sale of assets include financial market conditions and our market value and operating performance at the time of such offering or other financing. We cannot assure you that any such offering, refinancing or sale of assets can be successfully completed.

The instruments governing our indebtedness contain various covenants limiting the discretion of our management in operating our business.

The indenture governing the new notes and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement contain various restrictive covenants that limit our management’s discretion in operating our business. In particular, these agreements will limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

• pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock or redeem or repurchase our subordinated debt;

• make loans to others;

• make investments;

-14-

• incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

• create certain liens;

• sell assets;

• enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

• consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of us and our restricted subsidiaries taken as a whole;

• engage in transactions with affiliates;

• enter into hedging contracts;

• create unrestricted subsidiaries; and

• enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

In addition, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement also requires us to maintain a certain working capital ratio and a certain debt to EBITDAX ratio (as defined in the credit agreement).

If we fail to comply with the restrictions in the indenture governing the new notes or Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement or any other subsequent financing agreements, a default may allow the creditors, if the agreements so provide, to accelerate the related indebtedness as well as any other indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, lenders may be able to terminate any commitments they had made to make available further funds.

As a holding company, we rely on payments from our operating subsidiary in order for us to make payments on the new notes.

Whiting Petroleum Corporation is a holding company with no significant operations of its own. Because our operations are conducted through Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, our operating subsidiary, we depend on dividends, advances and other payments from our subsidiary in order to allow us to satisfy our financial obligations. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to pay any amounts to us, whether by dividends, advances or other payments. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us depends on their earnings, capital requirements and general financial conditions and is restricted by, among other things, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement, applicable corporate and other laws and regulations as well as agreements to which our subsidiaries may be a party. Specifically, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement allows it to make payments to us so that we may pay interest on the new notes, but does not allow for payments from it to us to pay principal on the new notes. Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement also prohibits Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation from allowing us to make any principal payments on the new notes. Although our subsidiary guarantors are guaranteeing the new notes, each guarantee is subordinated to all senior debt of the relevant subsidiary guarantor.

We may not be able to repurchase the new notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, holders of the new notes may require us to repurchase all or any part of their new notes. We may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchases of the new notes. Additionally, certain events that would constitute a

- 15 -

“change of control” (as defined in the indenture) would constitute an event of default under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement that would, if it should occur, permit the lenders to accelerate the debt outstanding under such credit agreement and that, in turn, would cause an event of default under the indenture. We would not be permitted to repurchase the new notes prior to termination of and payment in full of the obligations under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement.

The source of funds for any repurchase required as a result of any change of control will be our available cash or cash generated from oil and gas operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets, sales of equity or funds provided by a new controlling entity. We cannot assure you, however, that sufficient funds would be available at the time of any change of control to make any required repurchases of the notes tendered and to repay debt under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement. Furthermore, using available cash to fund the potential consequences of a change of control may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to debt to which we may become a party will most likely contain similar restrictions and provisions.

The new notes and the subsidiary guarantees are subordinated to the senior debt of us and the subsidiary guarantors, respectively, and are effectively subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ secured debt.

The new notes will be our senior subordinated obligations. Accordingly, the new notes will be subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt, including our guarantee of borrowings under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement. We and our subsidiaries expect to incur additional senior debt from time to time in the future, whether under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement or otherwise. The indenture governing the new notes limits, but does not prohibit, the incurrence of any other debt by us or our subsidiaries, including senior debt. As a result of such subordination, upon any distribution to our creditors in a liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, reorganization or any similar proceeding by or relating to us or our property, the holders of our senior debt would be entitled to receive payment in full before the holders of the new notes would be entitled to receive any payment. In addition, all payments on the new notes could be blocked in the event of a default on our senior debt. See “Description of the New Notes—Subordination.”

The new notes will not be secured. The borrowings under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement are secured by liens on Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s assets. If we, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation or any of our other subsidiary guarantors liquidates, dissolves or declares bankruptcy, or if payment under the credit agreement or any of our other secured debt is accelerated, our secured lenders would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law and will have a claim on those assets before the holders of the new notes. As a result, the new notes and the subsidiary guarantees are effectively subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt, and the holders of the new notes would in all likelihood recover ratably less than the lenders of such secured debt in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution. As of March 31, 2004, after giving effect to the offering of the old notes and the use of proceeds therefrom, we and the subsidiary guarantors would have had no secured debt outstanding to which the new notes and the subsidiary guarantees would have been effectively subordinated, except for approximately $1.1 million of secured debt under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement. Approximately $193.9 million of secured debt would have been available for borrowing under the credit agreement.

The new notes will also be effectively subordinated to claims of creditors (other than us) of any of our subsidiaries that are not subsidiary guarantors of the new notes, including lessors, trade creditors, taxing authorities, creditors holding guarantees and tort claimants. In the event of a liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding relating to a subsidiary that is not a guarantor of the new notes, these persons generally will have priority as to the assets of that subsidiary over our claims and equity interest and, thereby indirectly, holders of our debt, including the new notes.

- 16 -

Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the notes.

The new notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established public market. We do not intend to have the notes listed on a national securities exchange or included on any automated dealer quotation system. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the old note and the new notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the old notes or the new notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the old notes or the new notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue. Historically, the market for noninvestment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. We cannot assure you that the market, if any, for the old notes or the new notes will be free from similar disruptions or that any such disruptions may not adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your notes. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the new notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance and other factors.

Any subsidiary guarantees of the new notes may be further subordinated or avoided by a court.

Certain of our subsidiaries will jointly and severally guarantee the new notes on a senior subordinated basis. Various applicable fraudulent conveyance laws have been enacted for the protection of creditors. A court may use those laws to further subordinate or avoid any guarantee of the new notes issued by any of our subsidiaries.

A court could avoid or further subordinate the guarantee of the new notes by any of our subsidiaries in favor of that subsidiary’s other debts or liabilities to the extent that the court determined either of the following were true at the time the subsidiary issued the guarantee:

• that subsidiary incurred the guarantee with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present or future creditors or that such subsidiary contemplated insolvency with a design to favor one or more creditors to the total or partial exclusion of others; or

• that subsidiary did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for issuing the guarantee and, at the time it issued the guarantee, that subsidiary:

• was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the guarantee;

• was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of that subsidiary constituted unreasonably small capital; or

• intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they matured.

Among other things, a legal challenge of a subsidiary’s guarantee of the new notes on fraudulent conveyance grounds may focus on the benefits, if any, realized by that subsidiary as a result of our issuance of the notes. To the extent a subsidiary’s guarantee of the new notes is avoided as a result of fraudulent conveyance or held unenforceable for any other reason, the note holders would cease to have any claim in respect of that guarantee and would be creditors solely of ours.

- 17 -

Risks Relating to the Oil and Natural Gas Industry and Our Business

A substantial or extended decline in oil and natural gas prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operation and our ability to meet our capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments.

The price we receive for our oil and natural gas production heavily influences our revenue, profitability, access to capital and future rate of growth. Oil and natural gas are commodities and, therefore, their prices are subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand. Historically, the markets for oil and natural gas have been volatile. These markets will likely continue to be volatile in the future. The prices we receive for our production, and the levels of our production, depend on numerous factors beyond our control. These factors include the following:

• changes in global supply and demand for oil and natural gas;

• the actions of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC;

• the price and quantity of imports of foreign oil and natural gas;

• political conditions, including embargoes, in or affecting other oil-producing activity;

• the level of global oil and natural gas exploration and production activity;

• the level of global oil and natural gas inventories;

• weather conditions;

• technological advances affecting energy consumption; and

• the price and availability of alternative fuels.

Lower oil and natural gas prices may not only decrease our revenues on a per unit basis but also may reduce the amount of oil and natural gas that we can produce economically. A substantial or extended decline in oil or natural gas prices may materially and adversely affect our future business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or ability to finance planned capital expenditures.

Drilling for and producing oil and natural gas are high risk activities with many uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our future success will depend on the success of our exploitation, exploration, development and production activities. Our oil and natural gas exploration and production activities are subject to numerous risks beyond our control, including the risk that drilling will not result in commercially viable oil or natural gas production. Our decisions to purchase, explore, develop or otherwise exploit prospects or properties will depend in part on the evaluation of data obtained through geophysical and geological analyses, production data and engineering studies, the results of which are often inconclusive or subject to varying interpretations. Please read “—Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate …” for a discussion of the uncertainty involved in these processes. Our cost of drilling, completing and operating wells is often uncertain before drilling commences. Overruns in budgeted expenditures are common risks that can make a particular project uneconomical. Further, many factors may curtail, delay or cancel drilling, including the following:

• delays imposed by or resulting from compliance with regulatory requirements;

- 18 -

• pressure or irregularities in geological formations;

• shortages of or delays in obtaining equipment and qualified personnel;

• equipment failures or accidents;

• adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes and tropical storms;

• reductions in oil and natural gas prices;

• title problems; and

• limitations in the market for oil and natural gas.

Our acquisition activities may not be successful.

As part of our growth strategy, we may make acquisitions of businesses and properties. However, suitable acquisition candidates may not be available on terms and conditions we find acceptable, and acquisitions pose substantial risks to our business, financial condition and results of operations. In pursuing acquisitions, we compete with other companies, many of which have greater financial and other resources to acquire attractive companies and properties. Even if future acquisitions are completed, the following are some of the risks associated with acquisitions, including our proposed acquisition of Equity Oil Company:

• some of the acquired businesses or properties may not produce revenues, reserves, earnings or cash flow at anticipated levels;

• we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed or that exceed our estimates;

• we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully and realize anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner, which could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems;

• acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, distract management, divert resources and make it difficult to maintain our current business standards, controls and procedures; and

• we may incur additional debt related to future acquisitions.

Substantial acquisitions or other transactions could require significant external capital and could change our risk and property profile.

In order to finance acquisitions of additional producing properties, we may need to alter or increase our capitalization substantially through the issuance of debt or equity securities, the sale of production payments or other means. These changes in capitalization may significantly affect our risk profile. Additionally, significant acquisitions or other transactions can change the character of our operations and business. The character of the new properties may be substantially different in operating or geological characteristics or geographic location than our existing properties. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain external funding for any such acquisitions or other transactions or to obtain external funding on terms acceptable to us.

- 19 -

Properties that we buy may not produce as projected, and we may be unable to identify liabilities associated with the properties or obtain protection from sellers against them.

Our business strategy includes a continuing acquisition program. The successful acquisition of producing properties requires assessments of many factors, which are inherently inexact and may be inaccurate, including the following:

• the amount of recoverable reserves;

• future oil and natural gas prices;

• estimates of operating costs;

• estimates of future development costs;

• estimates of the costs and timing of plugging and abandonment; and

• potential environmental and other liabilities.

Our assessment will not reveal all existing or potential problems, nor will it permit us to become familiar enough with the properties to assess fully their capabilities and deficiencies. In the course of our due diligence, we may not inspect every well, platform or pipeline. Inspections may not reveal structural and environmental problems, such as pipeline corrosion or groundwater contamination, when they are made. We may not be able to obtain contractual indemnities from the seller for liabilities that it created. We may be required to assume the risk of the physical condition of the properties in addition to the risk that the properties may not perform in accordance with our expectations.

If oil and natural gas prices decrease, we may be required to take write-downs of the carrying values of our oil and natural gas properties.

Accounting rules require that we review periodically the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties for possible impairment. Based on specific market factors and circumstances at the time of prospective impairment reviews, and the continuing evaluation of development plans, production data, economics and other factors, we may be required to write down the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties. A write-down constitutes a non-cash charge to earnings. We may incur impairment charges in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the period taken.

Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate. Any material inaccuracies in these reserve estimates or underlying assumptions will materially affect the quantities and present value of our reserves.

The process of estimating oil and natural gas reserves is complex. It requires interpretations of available technical data and many assumptions, including assumptions relating to economic factors. Any significant inaccuracies in these interpretations or assumptions could materially affect the estimated quantities and present value of reserves shown in this prospectus. Please read “Business and Properties—Summary of Oil and Natural Gas Properties and Projects” for information about our oil and natural gas reserves.

In order to prepare our estimates, we must project production rates and timing of development expenditures. We must also analyze available geological, geophysical, production and engineering data. The extent, quality and reliability of this data can vary. The process also requires economic assumptions about matters

- 20 -

such as oil and natural gas prices, drilling and operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes and availability of funds. Therefore, estimates of oil and natural gas reserves are inherently imprecise.

Actual future production, oil and natural gas prices, revenues, taxes, development expenditures, operating expenses and quantities of recoverable oil and natural gas reserves most likely will vary from our estimates. Any significant variance could materially affect the estimated quantities and present value of reserves shown in this prospectus. In addition, we may adjust estimates of proved reserves to reflect production history, results of exploration and development, prevailing oil and natural gas prices and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

You should not assume that the present value of future net revenues from our proved reserves referred to in this prospectus is the current market value of our estimated oil and natural gas reserves. In accordance with SEC requirements, we generally base the estimated discounted future net cash flows from our proved reserves on prices and costs on the date of the estimate. Actual future prices and costs may differ materially from those used in the present value estimate. If natural gas prices decline by $0.10 per Mcf, then the pre-tax PV10% value of our proved reserves as of January 1, 2004 would decrease from $784.6 million to $773.2 million. If oil prices decline by $1.00 per barrel, then the pre-tax PV10% value of our proved reserves as of January 1, 2004 would decrease from $784.6 million to $770.0 million.

Prospects that we decide to drill may not yield oil or natural gas in commercially viable quantities.

We describe some of our current prospects and our plans to explore those prospects in this prospectus. A prospect is a property on which we have identified what our geoscientists believe, based on available seismic and geological information, to be indications of oil or natural gas. Our prospects are in various stages of evaluation, ranging from a prospect which is ready to drill to a prospect that will require substantial additional seismic data processing and interpretation. There is no way to predict in advance of drilling and testing whether any particular prospect will yield oil or natural gas in sufficient quantities to recover drilling or completion costs or to be economically viable. The use of seismic data and other technologies and the study of producing fields in the same area will not enable us to know conclusively prior to drilling whether oil or natural gas will be present or, if present, whether oil or natural gas will be present in commercial quantities. We cannot assure you that the analogies we draw from available data from other wells, more fully explored prospects or producing fields will be applicable to our drilling prospects.

We may incur substantial losses and be subject to substantial liability claims as a result of our oil and natural gas operations.

We are not insured against all risks. Losses and liabilities arising from uninsured and underinsured events could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our oil and natural gas exploration and production activities are subject to all of the operating risks associated with drilling for and producing oil and natural gas, including the possibility of:

• environmental hazards, such as uncontrollable flows of oil, natural gas, brine, well fluids, toxic gas or other pollution into the environment, including groundwater and shoreline contamination;

• abnormally pressured formations;

• mechanical difficulties, such as stuck oil field drilling and service tools and casing collapse;

• fires and explosions;

• personal injuries and death; and

- 21 -

• natural disasters.

Any of these risks could adversely affect our ability to conduct operations or result in substantial losses to our company. We may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. In addition, pollution and environmental risks generally are not fully insurable. If a significant accident or other event occurs and is not fully covered by insurance, then it could adversely affect us.

Market conditions or operational impediments may hinder our access to oil and natural gas markets or delay our production.

Market conditions or the unavailability of satisfactory oil and natural gas transportation arrangements may hinder our access to oil and natural gas markets or delay our production. The availability of a ready market for our oil and natural gas production depends on a number of factors, including the demand for and supply of oil and natural gas and the proximity of reserves to pipelines and terminal facilities. Our ability to market our production depends in substantial part on the availability and capacity of gathering systems, pipelines and processing facilities owned and operated by third parties. Our failure to obtain such services on acceptable terms could materially harm our business. We may be required to shut in wells for a lack of a market or because of inadequacy or unavailability of natural gas pipeline or gathering system capacity. If that were to occur, then we would be unable to realize revenue from those wells until production arrangements were made to deliver to market.

We are subject to complex laws that can affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Exploration, development, production and sale of oil and natural gas are subject to extensive federal, state, local and international regulation. We may be required to make large expenditures to comply with governmental regulations. Matters subject to regulation include:

• discharge permits for drilling operations;

• drilling bonds;

• reports concerning operations;

• the spacing of wells;

• unitization and pooling of properties; and

• taxation.

Under these laws, we could be liable for personal injuries, property damage and other damages. Failure to comply with these laws also may result in the suspension or termination of our operations and subject us to administrative, civil and criminal penalties. Moreover, these laws could change in ways that substantially increase our costs. Any such liabilities, penalties, suspensions, terminations or regulatory changes could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations may incur substantial liabilities to comply with the environmental laws and regulations.

Our oil and natural gas operations are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the release or disposal of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. These laws and regulations may require the acquisition of a permit before drilling commences, restrict the types, quantities, and concentration of materials that can be released into the environment in connection with

- 22 -

drilling and production activities, limit or prohibit drilling activities on certain lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, and other protected areas, and impose substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, incurrence of investigatory or remedial obligations, or the imposition of injunctive relief. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent or costly material handling, storage, transport, disposal or cleanup requirements could require us to make significant expenditures to maintain compliance, and may otherwise have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, competitive position, or financial condition as well as those of the oil and natural gas industry in general. Under these environmental laws and regulations, we could be held strictly liable for the removal or remediation of previously released materials or property contamination regardless of whether we were responsible for the release or if our operations were standard in the industry at the time they were performed. Federal law and some state laws also allow the government to place a lien on real property for costs incurred by the government to address contamination on the property.

Unless we replace our oil and natural gas reserves, our reserves and production will decline, which would adversely affect our cash flows and income.

Unless we conduct successful development, exploitation and exploration activities or acquire properties containing proved reserves, our proved reserves will decline as those reserves are produced. Producing oil and natural gas reservoirs generally are characterized by declining production rates that vary depending upon reservoir characteristics and other factors. Our future oil and natural gas reserves and production, and, therefore our cash flow and income, are highly dependent on our success in efficiently developing and exploiting our current reserves and economically finding or acquiring additional recoverable reserves. We may not be able to develop, exploit, find or acquire additional reserves to replace our current and future production.

The loss of senior management or technical personnel could adversely affect us.

To a large extent, we depend on the services of our senior management and technical personnel. The loss of the services of our senior management or technical personnel, including James J. Volker, our President and Chief Executive Officer, James R. Casperson, our Chief Financial Officer, James T. Brown, our Vice President, Operations, John R. Hazlett, our Vice President, Acquisitions and Land or Mark R. Williams, our Vice President, Exploration and Development, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We do not maintain, nor do we plan to obtain, any insurance against the loss of any of these individuals.

The unavailability or high cost of additional drilling rigs, equipment, supplies, personnel and oil field services could adversely affect our ability to execute on a timely basis our exploration and development plans within our budget.

Shortages or the high cost of drilling rigs, equipment, supplies or personnel could delay or adversely affect our development and exploration operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Competition in the oil and natural gas industry is intense, which may adversely affect our ability to compete.

We operate in a highly competitive environment for acquiring properties, marketing oil and natural gas and securing trained personnel. Many of our competitors possess and employ financial, technical and personnel resources substantially greater than ours, which can be particularly important in the areas in which we operate. Those companies may be able to pay more for productive oil and natural gas properties and exploratory prospects and to evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or personnel resources permit. Our ability to acquire additional prospects and to find and develop reserves in the future will

- 23 -

depend on our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a highly competitive environment. Also, there is substantial competition for capital available for investment in the oil and natural gas industry. We may not be able to compete successfully in the future in acquiring prospective reserves, developing reserves, marketing hydrocarbons, attracting and retaining quality personnel and raising additional capital.

Our use of oil and natural gas price hedging contracts involves credit risk and may limit future revenues from price increases and result in significant fluctuations in our net income.

We enter into hedging transactions for our oil and natural gas production to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in the price of oil and natural gas. Our hedging transactions have to date consisted of financially settled crude oil and natural gas forward sales contracts with major financial institutions. We have contracts maturing in 2004 covering the sale of 6.15 million MMbtu of natural gas and 1,200,000 barrels of oil. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” for pricing and a more detailed discussion of our hedging transactions.

We may in the future enter into these and other types of hedging arrangements to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in the market prices of oil and natural gas. Hedging transactions expose us to risk of financial loss in some circumstances, including if production is less than expected, the other party to the contract defaults on its obligations or there is a change in the expected differential between the underlying price in the hedging agreement and actual prices received. Hedging transactions may limit the benefit we would have otherwise received from increases in the price for oil and natural gas. Furthermore, if we do not engage in hedging transactions, then we may be more adversely affected by declines in oil and natural gas prices than our competitors who engage in hedging transactions. Additionally, hedging transactions may expose us to cash margin requirements.

- 24 -

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that we believe to be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than historical facts, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, projected revenues, earnings, costs, capital expenditures and debt levels, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, words such as we “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe” or “should” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such statements. Some, but not all, of the risks and uncertainties include: declines in oil or natural gas prices; our level of success in exploitation, exploration, development and production activities; our ability to obtain external capital to finance acquisitions; our ability to identify and complete acquisitions and to successfully integrate acquired businesses, including our ability to realize cost savings from the pending merger with Equity Oil Company; unforeseen underperformance of or liabilities associated with acquired properties; inaccuracies of our reserve estimates or our assumptions underlying them; failure of our properties to yield oil or natural gas in commercially viable quantities; uninsured or underinsured losses resulting from our oil and natural gas operations; our inability to access oil and natural gas markets due to market conditions or operational impediments; the impact and costs of compliance with laws and regulations governing our oil and natural gas operations; risks related to our level of indebtedness and periodic redeterminations of our borrowing base under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement; our ability to replace our oil and natural gas reserves; any loss of our senior management or technical personnel; competition in the oil and natural gas industry; risks arising out of our hedging transactions; and other risks described under the caption “Risk Factors”. We assume no obligation, and disclaim any duty, to update the forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

- 25 -

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of the old notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. We used the net proceeds of approximately $143.9 million from the sale of the old notes to refinance debt outstanding under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2004, on an actual basis and as adjusted to give effect to the offering of the old notes and the application of the net proceeds from that offering.

	March 31, 2004
	Actual			As Adjusted
	(dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	16,379		$	16,379
Long-term debt:
Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation credit agreement	$	145,000		$	1,110
Note payable to Alliant Energy Corporation		3,055			3,055
7 1/4% senior subordinated notes (1)		—			148,890
Total debt	$	148,055		$	153,055
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock: $0.001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized, 18,842,171 shares issued and outstanding	$	19		$	19
Preferred Stock: $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		172,307			172,307
Retained earnings		99,053			99,053
Deferred compensation		(1,875	)		(1,875	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,820			1,820
Total stockholders’ equity	$	271,324		$	271,324
Total capitalization	$	419,379		$	424,379

⁽¹⁾ Represents $150.0 million of 7 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

- 26 -

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect; Registration Rights

We issued and sold the old notes on May 11, 2004 in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Therefore, the old notes are subject to significant restrictions on resale. In connection with the issuance of the old notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement, which required that we and the subsidiary guarantors:

• file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the exchange offer and the issuance and delivery of new notes in exchange for the old notes;

• use our reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare the exchange offer registration statement effective under the Securities Act; and

• consummate the exchange offer not later than 40 days following the effective date of the exchange offer registration statement.

If you participate in the exchange offer, then you will, with limited exceptions, receive new notes that are freely tradeable and not subject to restrictions on transfer. You should read this prospectus under the heading “— Resales of New Notes” for more information relating to your ability to transfer new notes.

If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and do not tender your old notes, then you will continue to hold the untendered old notes, which will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act.

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our exchange offer obligations under the registration rights agreement. The above summary of the registration rights agreement is not complete. You are encouraged to read the full text of the registration rights agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our 7 ¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 that we have registered under the Securities Act for a like principal amount of our outstanding unregistered 7 ¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn before 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of new notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding old notes we accept in the exchange offer. You may tender some or all of your old notes under the exchange offer. However, the old notes are issuable in authorized denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Accordingly, old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum amount of old notes being tendered.

The form and terms of the new notes will be the same as the form and terms of the old notes, except that:

• the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act and thus will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer or bear legends restricting their transfer;

- 27 -

• all of the new notes will be represented by global notes in book-entry form unless exchanged for notes in definitive certificated form under the limited circumstances described under “Description of the New Notes -Book-Entry, Delivery and Form;” and

• the new notes will not provide for the payment of additional interest under circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer.

The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be issued under, and be entitled to the benefits of, the indenture governing the old notes.

The new notes will accrue interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance of the old notes. Accordingly, registered holders of new notes on the record date for the first interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will receive interest accrued from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance of the old notes. However, if that record date occurs prior to completion of the exchange offer, then the interest payable on the first interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will be paid to the registered holders of the old notes on that record date.

In connection with the exchange offer, you do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the indenture. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the registration rights agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holder of the old notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of it would not be in compliance with the securities or blue sky laws of the jurisdiction.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when we have given oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the new notes from us.

If we do not accept any tendered old notes because of an invalid tender or for any other reason, then we will return certificates for any unaccepted old notes without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration date.

Expiration Date; Amendments

The exchange offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer.

If we determine to extend the exchange offer, then we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice and give each registered holder notice of the extension by means of a press release or other public announcement before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to delay accepting any old notes, to extend the exchange offer or to amend or terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions described below under “- Conditions” have not been satisfied or waived by giving oral or written notice to the exchange agent of the delay, extension, amendment or termination. Further, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. We will notify you as promptly as practicable of any extension, amendment or termination. We will also file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with respect to any fundamental change in the exchange offer.

- 28 -

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

Any tender of old notes that is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and us upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal. A holder who wishes to tender old notes in the exchange offer must do either of the following:

• properly complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal; have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter of transmittal so requires; and deliver that letter of transmittal and other required documents to the exchange agent at the address listed below under “- Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date; or

• if the old notes are tendered under the book-entry transfer procedures described below transmit to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date an agent’s message.

In addition, one of the following must occur:

• the exchange agent must receive certificates representing your old notes along with the letter of transmittal on or before the expiration date, or

• the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the old notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company of New York City, or DTC, under the procedure for book-entry transfers described below along with the letter of transmittal or a properly transmitted agent’s message, on or before the expiration date; or

• the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility to and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgement from the tendering DTC participant stating that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against the participant.

The method of delivery of old notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Rather than mail these items, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. Do not send letters of transmittal or old notes to us.

Generally, an eligible institution must guarantee signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal unless the old notes are tendered:

• by a registered holder of the old notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

• for the account of an eligible institution.

If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a firm which is:

• a member of a registered national securities exchange;

- 29 -

• a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;

• a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States; or

• another “eligible institution” within the meaning of Rule l7Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding old notes, the original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney. The power of attorney must be signed by the registered holder exactly as the registered holder(s) name(s) appear(s) on the old notes and an eligible institution must guarantee the signature on the power of attorney.

If the letter of transmittal, or any old notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

If you wish to tender old notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you should promptly instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your behalf, you must, before completing the procedures for tendering old notes, either register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of old notes tendered for exchange. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of old notes not properly tendered or old notes our acceptance of which might, in the judgment of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to any particular old notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within the time period we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give you notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of your old notes.

By tendering, you will represent to us that:

• any new notes that the holder receives will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

• the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the new notes;

• if the holder is not a broker- dealer, that it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in the distribution of the new notes;

• if the holder is a broker- dealer, that the holder’s old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities; and

• the holder is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or, if the holder is our affiliate, it will comply with any applicable registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

- 30 -

If any holder or any such other person is our “affiliate,” or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the new notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, then that holder or any such other person:

• may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC;

• is not entitled and will not be permitted to tender old notes in the exchange offer; and

• must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Each broker-dealer who acquired its old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and thereafter receives new notes issued for its own account in the exchange offer, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes issued in the exchange offer. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution” for a discussion of the exchange and resale obligations of broker-dealers in connection with the exchange offer.

Any broker-dealer that acquired old notes directly from us may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and must comply with the registration and delivery requirements of the Securities Act (including being named as a selling securityholder) in connection with any resales of the old notes or the new notes.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes

Upon satisfaction of all conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all old notes properly tendered and will issue the new notes promptly after acceptance of the old notes.

For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered old notes for exchange when we have given oral or written notice of that acceptance to the exchange agent. For each old note accepted for exchange, you will receive a new note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered old note.

In all cases, we will issue new notes for old notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

• certificates for your old notes or a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC; and

• a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

If we do not accept any tendered old notes for any reason set forth in the terms of the exchange offer or if you submit old notes for a greater principal amount than you desire to exchange, we will return the unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes without expense to you. In the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC under the book-entry procedures described below, we will credit the non-exchanged old notes to your account maintained with DTC.

- 31 -

Book-Entry Transfer

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request within two business days after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts for the old notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer the old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. Although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, the exchange agent must receive a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees, or an agent’s message instead of a letter of transmittal, and all other required documents at its address listed below under “- Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date, or if you comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below, within the time period provided under those procedures.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your old notes and your old notes are not immediately available, or you cannot deliver your old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents or comply with DTC’s procedures for transfer before the expiration date, then you may participate in the exchange offer if:

• the tender is made through an eligible institution;

• before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, containing:

• the name and address of the holder and the principal amount of old notes tendered,

• a statement that the tender is being made thereby, and

• a guarantee that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the certificates representing the old notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

• the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal as well as certificates representing all tendered old notes in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before the exchange offer expires.

For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at its address listed below under “- Exchange Agent.” The notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person who tendered the old notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount, or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the DTC account to be credited, and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC; and

- 32 -

• if certificates for old notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which those old notes are registered if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If you have delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent the certificates for old notes, then, before the release of these certificates, you must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with the signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution, unless the holder is an eligible institution.

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. We will return any old notes that have been tendered but that are not exchanged for any reason to the holder, without cost, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. In the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, the old notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the old notes. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described under “- Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” at any time on or before the expiration date.

Conditions

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange new notes for, any old notes if:

• the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretation by the staff of the SEC; or

• any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer which, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.

The conditions listed above are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any condition. Subject to applicable law, we may waive these conditions in our discretion in whole or in part at any time and from time to time.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any old notes by giving oral or written notice of an extension to their holders. During an extension, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange.

- 33 -

Exchange Agent

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct any questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal or the notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Hand, Overnight Mail, Courier, or Registered or Certified Mail:

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association

Institutional Trust Services

2001 Bryan Street, 9^th Floor

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Mr. Frank Ivins

By Facsimile:

(214) 468-6494

Attention: Institutional Trust Services

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as listed above or transmission via facsimile other than as listed above will not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

Fees and Expenses

We will pay the expenses of the exchange offer. We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We are making the principal solicitation by mail; however, our officers and employees may make additional solicitations by facsimile transmission, e-mail, telephone or in person. You will not be charged a service fee for the exchange of your notes, but we may require you to pay any transfer or similar government taxes in certain circumstances.

Transfer Taxes

You will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes, unless you instruct us to register new notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the new notes at the same carrying values as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange of notes. We will amortize the expenses of the offer over the term of the new notes.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes

If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer but do not tender your old notes, you will not have any further registration rights, except in limited circumstances with respect to specific types of holders of old notes. Old notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following the consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the provisions in the indenture regarding the transfer and exchange of the old notes and the existing restrictions on transfer set forth in the legend on the old notes and in the offering memorandum dated May 5, 2004, relating to the old notes. Accordingly, you may resell the old notes that are not exchanged only:

• to us;

• so long as the old notes are eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person whom you reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of

- 34 -

Rule 144A purchasing for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A;

• in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or

• under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

in each case in accordance with all other applicable securities laws. We do not intend to register the old notes under the Securities Act.

Old notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits their holders have under the indenture relating to the old notes and the new notes. Holders of the new notes and any old notes that remain outstanding after consummation of the exchange offer will vote together as a single class for purposes of determining whether holders of the requisite percentage of the class have taken certain actions or exercised certain rights under the indenture.

Resales of New Notes

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action letters to third parties, we believe that new notes issued under the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any old note holder without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivery of a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act if:

• the holder is not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

• the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business; and

• the holder does not intend to participate in a distribution of the new notes.

Any holder who exchanges old notes in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in any manner in a distribution of the new notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of new notes. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquire the old notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. Please see “Plan of Distribution” for more details regarding the transfer of new notes.

- 35 -

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following selected historical financial information for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, December 31, 2002, December 31, 2001, December 31, 2000 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes. The following selected historical financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 and the year ended December 31, 1999 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the selected historical consolidated financial data. This information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with material contained in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which includes a discussion of factors materially affecting the comparability of the information presented, and in conjunction with our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001		2000			1999
	(dollars in millions except per share data)
Consolidated Income Statement Information:
Revenues:
Oil and gas sales	$	47.6		$	49.5		$	175.7		$	122.7		$	125.2	$	107.0		$	60.9
Gain (loss) on oil and gas hedging activities		(1.0	)		(6.7	)		(8.7	)		(3.2	)		2.3		(3.8	)		—
Gain on sale of oil and gas properties		—			—			—			1.0			11.7		7.7			10.1
Interest income and other		0.1			—			0.3			—			0.2		0.1			0.1
Total revenues	$	46.7		$	42.8		$	167.3		$	120.5		$	139.4	$	111.0		$	71.1
Costs and expenses:
Lease operating	$	10.5		$	10.7		$	43.2		$	32.9		$	29.8	$	23.8		$	20.7
Production taxes		3.0			3.0			10.7			7.4			6.5		5.4			3.0
Depreciation, depletion and amortization(1)		10.7			10.6			41.2			43.6			26.9		21.5			19.8
Impairment of proven oil and gas properties		—			—			—			—			—		—			3.3
Exploration		0.4			0.2			3.2			1.8			0.8		1.1			1.9
Phantom equity plan(2)		—			—			10.9			—			—		—			—
General and administrative		4.0			3.2			12.8			12.0			10.9		6.3			4.3
Interest expense		2.3			3.2			9.2			10.9			10.2		7.5			5.4
Total costs and expenses	$	31.0		$	30.9		$	131.2		$	108.6		$	85.1	$	65.6		$	58.4
Income before income taxes and cumulative change	$	15.7		$	11.9		$	36.1		$	11.9		$	54.3	$	45.4		$	12.7
Income tax expense(3)		6.1			4.5			13.9			4.2			13.1		11.7			1.8
Income from continuing operations		9.6			7.5			22.2			7.7			41.2		33.7			10.9
Cumulative change in accounting principle(4)		—			(3.9	)		(3.9	)		—			—		—			—
Net income	$	9.6		$	3.6		$	18.3		$	7.7		$	41.2	$	33.7		$	10.9
Net income per common share from continuing operations, basic and diluted	$	0.51		$	0.40		$	1.18		$	0.41		$	2.20	$	1.80		$	0.58
Net income per common share, basic and diluted	$	0.51		$	0.19		$	0.98		$	0.41		$	2.20	$	1.80		$	0.58
Other Financial Information:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	14.3		$	15.6		$	96.4		$	62.6		$	62.3	$	42.3		$	38.7
Capital expenditures(5)	$	11.5		$	5.2		$	52.0		$	165.4		$	99.6	$	139.1		$	34.9
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)		7.62x			4.65x			4.85x			2.08x			6.10x		6.93x			3.32x
	As of March 31,						As of December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001		2000			1999
	(dollars in millions)
Balance Sheet Information:
Total assets	$	498.6		$	467.6		$	536.3		$	448.5		$	319.8	$	256.4		$	148.5
Long-term debt	$	148.1		$	185.0		$	188.0		$	265.5		$	163.6	$	139.7		$	72.5
Stockholder’s equity	$	271.3		$	208.3		$	259.6		$	122.8		$	111.5	$	70.0		$	36.2

⁽¹⁾ We reduced the amount of our abandonment liability estimate from approximately $13.0 million at December 31, 2000 to $4.0 million at December 31, 2001 as a result of receiving a revised and more detailed dismantlement plan from our dismantlement operator. This $9.0 million change in estimate reduced our depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in our 2001 financial statements as the expense for the abandonment liability had originally been recorded as a depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.

- 36 -

⁽²⁾ The completion of our initial public offering in November 2003 constituted a triggering event under our phantom equity plan, pursuant to which our employees received payments valued at $10.9 million in the form of shares of our common stock valued at approximately $6.5 million after withholding of shares for payroll and income taxes. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2003, we recorded a one-time non-cash charge of $6.5 million and a one-time cash charge of $4.4 million, of which Alliant Energy Corporation funded the substantial majority. The phantom equity plan is now terminated.

⁽³⁾ We generated Section 29 tax credits of $3.0 million in 1999, $5.2 million in 2000, $6.6 million in 2001 and $5.4 million in 2002. Section 29 tax credit provisions of the Internal Revenue Code expired as of December 31, 2002. In 2002, we were able to use our $5.4 million of Section 29 tax credits in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by Alliant Energy, but since these credits would not have been used in a stand-alone filing, they were recorded as additional paid-in capital as opposed to a reduction in income tax expense.

⁽⁴⁾ In 2003, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This was a one-time charge to net income.

⁽⁵⁾ In 2003, we acquired the limited partnership interests in three partnerships in which our wholly owned subsidiary is the general partner. Though disclosed as acquisitions of limited partnership interests in our consolidated statements of cash flows, these amounts are recorded as oil and natural gas properties on our consolidated balance sheets and are included in capital expenditures in this summary historical financial information.

⁽⁶⁾ For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes, fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expensed, interest capitalized, amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness and an estimate of interest within rental expense.

- 37 -

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our selected historical financial data and our accompanying financial statements and the notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are engaged in oil and natural gas exploitation, acquisition, exploration and production activities primarily in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin, Rocky Mountains, Michigan and Mid-Continent regions of the United States. Over the last four years, we have emphasized the acquisition of properties that provided current production and significant upside potential through further development. Our drilling activity is directed at this development, specifically on projects that we believe provide repeatable successes in particular fields.

Our combination of acquisitions and development allows us to direct our capital resources to what we believe to be the most advantageous investments. During periods of radically changing prices, we focus our emphasis on drilling and development of our owned properties. When prices stabilize, we generally direct the majority of our capital to acquisitions.

We have historically acquired operated as well as non-operated properties that meet or exceed our rate of return criteria. For acquisitions of properties with additional development, exploitation and exploration potential, our focus has been on acquiring operated properties so that we can better control the timing and implementation of capital spending. In some instances, we have been able to acquire non-operated property interests at attractive rates of return that provided a foothold in a new area of interest or complemented our existing operations. We intend to continue to acquire both operated and non-operated interests to the extent we believe they meet our return criteria. In addition, our willingness to acquire non-operated properties in new geographic regions provides us with geophysical and geologic data in some cases that leads to further acquisitions in the same region, whether on an operated or non-operated basis. We sell properties when management is of the opinion that the sale price realized will provide an above average rate of return for the property or when the property no longer matches the profile of properties we desire to own.

Our revenue, profitability and future growth rate depend substantially on factors beyond our control, such as economic, political and regulatory developments and competition from other sources of energy. Oil and natural gas prices historically have been volatile and may fluctuate widely in the future. Sustained periods of low prices for oil or natural gas could materially and adversely affect our financial position, our results of operations, the quantities of oil and natural gas reserves that we can economically produce and our access to capital.

- 38 -

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected operating data for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Years Ended December 31,
	2004		2003		2003		2002		2001
Net production:
Natural gas (Bcf)		5.5		5.4		21.6		21.4		19.8
Oil (MMbbls)		0.6		0.6		2.6		2.3		2.1
Net sales (in millions):
Natural gas(1)	$	27.6	$	30.1	$	104.4	$	68.6	$	75.4
Oil(1)	$	20.0	$	19.3	$	71.3	$	54.1	$	49.8
Average sales price:
Natural gas (per Mcf)(1)	$	5.00	$	5.60	$	4.78	$	3.21	$	3.82
Oil (per Bbl)(1)	$	30.86	$	30.17	$	27.50	$	23.35	$	23.85
Costs and expenses (per Mcfe):
Lease operating expenses	$	1.12	$	1.16	$	1.16	$	0.93	$	0.92
Production taxes	$	0.32	$	0.33	$	0.29	$	0.21	$	0.20
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	$	1.14	$	1.15	$	1.11	$	1.24	$	1.11
General and administrative expenses, net of reimbursements	$	0.43	$	0.35	$	0.34	$	0.34	$	0.34

⁽¹⁾ Before consideration of hedging transactions.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003

Oil and Natural Gas Sales. Our oil and natural gas sales revenue decreased approximately $1.8 million to $47.6 million for the first quarter of 2004. Sales in any period are a function of sales volumes and average sales prices. As shown above, our sales volumes increased 2% between periods on a Mcfe basis. The volume increase resulted from successful drilling and acquisition activities over the past year which produced new volumes that more than offset natural decline. In terms of pricing, the average natural gas price decrease of 11% created the largest downward variance and was offset to a smaller degree by a 2% increase in average oil price.

Loss on Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Activities. We hedged 46% of our natural gas volumes during the first quarter of 2004 incurring no hedging loss, and 45% of our natural gas volumes during the first quarter of 2003 incurring a hedging loss of $6.0 million. The majority of the hedging loss in 2003 occurred in the month of March when NYMEX natural gas prices reached record highs in excess of $9.00 per MMbtu. We hedged 46% of our oil volumes during the first quarter of 2004 incurring a hedging loss of $1.0 million, and 22% of our oil volumes during the first quarter of 2003 incurring a loss of $0.7 million. See “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for a list of currently outstanding oil and natural gas hedges.

Lease Operating Expenses. Our lease operating expenses per Mcfe decreased from $1.16 during the first quarter of 2003 to $1.12 during the same period in 2004. During 2003 we continued an extensive repair and replacement program on wells acquired during 2002. These procedures ended in late 2003 and lease operating costs have decreased to a level more reflective of ongoing operations.

Production Taxes. The production taxes we pay are generally calculated as a percent of oil and natural gas sales revenue before the effects of hedging. We take full advantage of all credits and exemptions allowed in the various taxing jurisdictions. Due to our broad asset base, we expect our production tax rate to vary within a small window of 6.0% to 6.5% of oil and natural gas sales revenue. Our production taxes for the first quarter of 2004 and 2003 were 6.3% and 6.1%, respectively, of oil and natural gas sales.

- 39 -

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization. Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense increased $130,000 over the first quarter of 2003 to $10.7 million for the first quarter of 2004. The increase resulted from increased production offset by a small decrease in our depreciation, depletion and amortization rate. On a Mcfe basis, the rate decrease was from $1.15 in the first quarter of 2003 to $1.14 during the same period in 2004. Our depreciation, depletion and amortization rate was consistent between periods because the pricing environments were similar at each quarter end. Future changes in the pricing environment could significantly impact our depreciation, depletion and amortization rate. Price increases allow for longer economic production lives and corresponding increased reserve volumes and, as a result, lower depletion rates. Price decreases have the opposite effect. The components of our depreciation, depletion and amortization expense are as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004		2003
Depletion	$	10,169	$	10,057
Depreciation		180		180
Accretion of abandonment liability		380		362
Total	$	10,729	$	10,599

Exploration Costs. Our exploration costs increased $255,000 from the first quarter of 2003 to $418,000 during the first quarter of 2004. The higher exploratory costs are related to the increased 2004 drilling budget.

General and Administrative Expenses. We report general and administrative cost net of COPAS and partnership reimbursements. The components of our general and administrative expense are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004			2003
General and administrative expense	$	5,297		$	4,624
Reimbursements		(1,296	)		(1,435	)
General and administrative expense, net	$	4,001		$	3,189

General and administrative expense increased $0.8 million, to $4.0 million during the first quarter of 2004. The increase between first quarters was from $0.35 to $0.43 on a per Mcfe basis. The increase was primarily caused by the extra costs of functioning as a public company, increases in the employee base due to the continued growth of the company and general cost inflation. The decrease in reimbursements was caused by our purchase of the limited partnership interests in three of the six remaining managed partnerships during the second quarter of 2003.

Interest Expense. The components of our interest expense are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2004		2003
Bank borrowings	$	1,399	$	1,719
Alliant Energy Corporation		38		1,207
Amortization of debt issue costs		282		300
Accretion of tax sharing liability		600		—
Total interest expense	$	2,319	$	3,226

- 40 -

The decrease in bank interest was primarily due to our $40.0 million pay down of the bank facility on February 17, 2004. The decrease in interest expense related to Alliant Energy Corporation was due to the March 31, 2003 conversion of $80.9 million of intercompany debt into our equity. The accretion of our tax sharing liability is related to a step-up in tax basis effected immediately prior to our initial public offering in November 2003. A further explanation of the step-up transaction is included in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below.

Income Tax Expense. Our effective income tax rate was estimated at 38.6% in the first quarter of 2004, consistent with the yearly estimated effective tax rate for 2003. Prior to our initial public offering, we were included in the consolidated federal income tax return of Alliant Energy and calculated our income tax expense on a separate return basis at Alliant Energy’s effective income tax rate. Immediately prior to our initial public offering, Alliant Energy effected a step-up in the tax basis of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s assets, which had the result of increasing our future tax deductions. As a result of this step-up in tax basis and the net operating loss generated during the post-initial public offering stub period in 2003, we do not expect to pay any federal income taxes related to the 2004 tax year

Cumulative Change in Accounting Principle. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This statement generally applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets and requires us to recognize the fair value of asset retirement obligations in our financial statements by capitalizing that cost as a part of the cost of the related asset. This statement applies directly to plug and abandonment liabilities associated with our net working interest in well bores. The additional carrying amount is depleted over the estimated useful lives of the properties. The discounted liability is based on historical abandonment costs in specific areas and is accreted at the end of each accounting period through charges to accretion expense. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 143, we recorded an increase to our discounted abandonment liability of $16.4 million, increased proved property cost by $10.1 million and recognized a one-time cumulative effect charge of $3.9 million (net of a deferred tax benefit of $2.4 million).

Net Income. Net income increased from $3.6 million during the first quarter of 2003 to $9.6 million during the first quarter of 2004. The primary reasons for this increase included higher crude oil and natural gas prices net of hedging between periods, higher volumes sold, lower lease operating expense and interest charges, the impact of the cumulative effect of adoption of SFAS No. 143 in 2003, offset by higher general and administrative, depreciation, depletion and amortization and exploration costs in 2004.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

Oil and Natural Gas Sales. Oil and natural gas sales revenue increased approximately $53.0 million to $175.7 million in 2003. Natural gas sales increased $35.8 million and oil sales increased $17.2 million. The natural gas sales increase was caused by a 49% increase in the average realized natural gas price from $3.21 per Mcf in 2002 to $4.78 per Mcf in 2003 combined with a 230,000 Mcf volume increase in natural gas sales between years. The oil sales increase was caused by a sales volume increase of 275,000 Bbls in 2003 and an 18% increase in the average realized oil price from $23.35 in 2002 to $27.50 in 2003. The volume increase for oil and natural gas primarily resulted from the $217 million of capital expenditures during 2002 and 2003.

Loss on Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Activities. We hedged 41% of our natural gas volumes during 2003, incurring a hedging loss of $7.7 million, and 8% of our natural gas volumes during 2002, incurring a loss of $0.2 million. We hedged 8% of our oil volumes during 2003, incurring a hedging loss of $1.0 million, and 35% of our oil volumes during 2002, incurring a loss of $3.0 million.

- 41 -

Gain on Sale of Oil and Natural Gas Properties. In 2002, we divested one property, realizing a gain of $1.0 million. No significant properties were sold in 2003.

Lease Operating Expenses. Our lease operating expenses per Mcfe increased from $0.93 in 2002 to $1.16 in 2003. The increase resulted from acquisitions during 2002 that caused a larger portion of our operations to be located in Michigan and North Dakota, where weather conditions, sulfur content and remote locations create higher operating costs in comparison to other areas of operation.

Production Taxes. Production taxes as a percentage of oil and natural gas sales were 6.1% in 2003 and 6.0% in 2002. The small increase in the effective rate resulted from additional property purchases in the states of North Dakota and Montana, where effective production tax rates are higher on average than other areas where we own significant producing properties.

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization. Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense decreased by $2.3 million in 2003. The decrease was a result of a decrease in the average rate from $1.24 per Mcfe in 2002 to $1.11 per Mcfe in 2003, partially offset by increased sales volumes in 2003. The lower rate was a result of higher prices between periods, which allowed for a longer economic production life and corresponding increased reserve volumes and, as a result, a lower depreciation, depletion and amortization rate.

Exploration Costs. Exploration costs increased $1.4 million to $3.2 million for 2003. The increase was the result of recording three exploratory dry holes during 2003 compared to one exploratory dry hole in 2002.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 6.9%, or $0.8 million, to $12.8 million in 2003. This increase was related to increases in compensation expense associated with increased personnel required to administer our growth and to general cost inflation.

Phantom Equity Plan Compensation. The completion of our initial public offering in November 2003 constituted a “triggering event” under our phantom equity plan. Under this plan, our employees received compensation of $10.9 million in the form of 420,000 shares of our common stock after withholding of shares by us for estimated payroll and income taxes. The phantom equity plan is now terminated.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $1.7 million to $9.2 million in 2003 compared to $10.9 million in 2002. The decrease was due to lower average debt levels in 2003 and lower effective interest rates in 2003. The lower debt levels were primarily related to a March 2003 decision by Alliant Energy to convert its remaining $80.9 million of intercompany debt into our equity thereby lowering our future interest expense.

Income Tax Expense. Our effective tax rate was 38.6% in 2003 and 35.3% during 2002. The increased effective tax rate was in part due to our 2002 acquisitions in the state of North Dakota where the effective state income tax rate is higher on average than other areas where we own significant producing properties. In addition, during 2002 we generated $5.4 million of Section 29 credits that we were not able to offset against tax expense. Under our tax separation and indemnification agreement with Alliant Energy, we expect to be compensated for these credits in the future when they are utilized by Alliant Energy. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the recording of the tax credits in 2002 were required to be charged as additional paid-in capital rather than as a decrease to our 2002 income tax expense. Section 29 tax credit provisions of the Internal Revenue Code expired December 31, 2002. Therefore, unless additional legislation is passed, Section 29 credits will not be available in periods subsequent to 2002.

Cumulative Change in Accounting Principle. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This statement generally applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets and requires us to recognize the fair value of asset retirement obligations in our financial statements by capitalizing that cost as a part of the cost of the related asset.

- 42 -

This statement applies directly to plug and abandonment liabilities associated with our net working interest in well bores. The additional carrying amount is depleted over the estimated useful lives of the properties. The discounted liability is based on historical abandonment costs in specific areas and is accreted at the end of each accounting period through charges to accretion expense. The liability is discounted using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of approximately 7%. If the obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount, a gain or loss is recognized on settlement. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 143, we recorded an increase to our discounted abandonment liability of $16.4 million, increased proved property cost by $10.1 million and recognized a one-time cumulative effect charge of $3.9 million (net of a deferred tax benefit of $2.4 million).

Net Income. Net income increased from $7.7 million in 2002 to $18.3 million in 2003. The primary reasons for this increase included higher crude oil and natural gas prices between periods and higher volumes sold, offset by higher lease operating, tax and general and administrative costs due to our growth.

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

Oil and Natural Gas Sales. Oil and natural gas sales revenue decreased approximately $2.6 million to $122.7 million in 2002. Natural gas sales decreased $6.8 million, while oil sales increased $4.2 million. The natural gas sales decrease was caused by a 16% decline in the average realized natural gas price from $3.82 Mcf in 2001 to $3.21 Mcf in 2002, partially offset by an increase in natural gas production of 1.6 Bcf in 2002. The oil sales increase was caused by a sales volume increase of 200,000 Bbls in 2002, partially offset by a 2% decline in the average realized oil price from $23.85 in 2001 to $23.35 in 2002. The volume increase for oil and natural gas was due to $265 million of capital expenditures during 2001 and 2002.

Loss on Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Activities. We hedged 8% of our natural gas volumes during 2002, incurring a hedging loss of $0.2 million, and 11% of our natural gas volumes during 2001, incurring a gain of $1.6 million. We hedged 35% of our oil volumes during 2002, incurring a hedging loss of $3.0 million, and 17% of our oil volumes during 2001, incurring a gain of $0.7 million.

Gain on Sale of Oil and Natural Gas Properties. In 2002, we divested only one property, realizing a gain of $1.0 million, while in 2001, we divested several properties, realizing total sales gains of $11.7 million.

Lease Operating Expenses. Our lease operating expenses per Mcfe increased from $0.92 in 2001 to $0.93 in 2002. The increase resulted from acquisitions during 2002 that caused a larger portion of our operations to be located in Michigan and North Dakota, where weather conditions, sulfur content and remote locations create higher operating costs.

Production Taxes. Production taxes as a percentage of oil and natural gas sales were 6.0% in 2002 and 5.2% in 2001. The increase in the effective rate resulted from additional property purchases in the states of North Dakota and Montana, where effective production tax rates are higher on average than other areas where we own significant producing properties.

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization. Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in 2001 included a $9.0 million reduction related to the abandonment liability for the Point Arguello platform located offshore from California. During 2001, we received a revised and more detailed dismantlement plan from the operator. The $9.0 million reduction of liability was credited against depreciation, depletion and amortization expense since the liability was initially created by charges to depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. Without this credit, our depreciation, depletion and amortization expense charge for 2001 would have been $35.9 million. The increase to $43.6 million of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense in 2002 was a result of increasing sales volumes and an increased rate from $1.11 per Mcfe in 2001 to $1.24 per Mcfe in 2002.

- 43 -

Exploration Costs. Exploration costs increased $1.0 million to $1.8 million for 2002 compared with $0.8 million for 2001. The increase was partially the result of a $420,000 charge for an exploratory dry hole in 2002. The remaining increase in 2002 is related to the further development and processing of our geophysical library.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 9.5% or $1.1 million from $10.9 million in 2001 to $12.0 million in 2002. This increase was related to increases in compensation expense associated with increased personnel required to administer our growth and to general cost inflation.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $0.7 million to $10.9 million in 2002 compared to $10.2 million in 2001. The increase was due to higher average debt levels in 2002 to fund our growth, partially offset by a lower effective interest rate.

Income Tax Expense. Our effective tax rate before tax credits was 36.8% in 2002 and 36.2% in 2001. In 2001, we were able to reduce our tax expense by $6.6 million due to the recording of Section 29 tax credits. In 2002, we generated $5.4 million of Section 29 credits that we were not able to offset against tax expense. Under our tax separation and indemnification agreement with Alliant Energy, we expect to be compensated for these credits in the future when they are utilized by Alliant Energy. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the recording of the tax credits in 2002 were required to be charged as additional paid-in capital rather than as a decrease to our 2002 income tax expense. Section 29 tax credit provisions of the Internal Revenue Code expired December 31, 2002. Therefore, unless additional legislation is passed, Section 29 credits will not be available in periods subsequent to 2002.

Net Income. Net income decreased from $41.2 million in 2001 to $7.7 million in 2002. The primary reasons were a $19.0 million decline in revenues, a $23.5 million increase in expenses and the inability to recognize $5.4 million of tax credits as a reduction of tax expense. The revenue decrease was caused by a decline in oil and natural gas prices between years and $10.7 million less gains from the sales of properties in 2002. The expense increase was caused by the $9.0 million reduction to 2001 depreciation, depletion and amortization related to the adjustment of the Point Arguello abandonment liability and cost increases in all other categories to operate and administer the property acquisitions during 2001 and 2002.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we generated $96.4 million from operating activities and received $4.6 million in contributions from Alliant Energy. We used a portion of these cash proceeds to fund $52.0 million of capital expenditures. We entered 2004 with $53.6 million of cash and cash equivalents. During the first quarter of 2004, we generated an additional $27.3 million from operating activities before consideration of working capital changes. On February 17, 2004, we used $40.0 million of our cash to pay down $40.0 million of the outstanding principal balance under our bank credit facility. The decrease in total assets between December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004 was primarily the result of the debt repayment. At March 31, 2004, our debt to total capitalization ratio was 35%, we had $16.4 million of cash on hand, $28.4 million of working capital and $271.3 million of stockholders’ equity.

We continually evaluate our capital needs and compare them to our capital resources. Our budgeted capital expenditures for the further development of our property base are $68.0 million during 2004, an increase from the $48.6 million spent on capitalized development during 2003. During the first quarter of 2004, we spent $11.5 million on development, which was an increase from the $5.2 million spent on development during the first quarter of 2003. Although we have no specific budget for property acquisitions, we will continue to seek property acquisition opportunities that complement our existing core property base. We expect to fund the remainder of our 2004 development expenditures from internally generated cash flow and cash on hand. We believe that

- 44 -

should attractive acquisition opportunities arise or development expenditures exceed $68.0 million, we could finance the additional capital expenditures with cash on hand, operating cash flow, additional borrowings under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement, issuances of additional equity or development with industry partners. The level of capital expenditures is largely discretionary, and the amount of funds devoted to any particular activity may increase or decrease significantly depending on available opportunities, commodity prices, cash flows and development results, among other factors.

Credit Facility. Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation has a $350.0 million credit agreement with a syndicate of banks. At March 31, 2004, our borrowing base was $210.0 million with an outstanding principal balance of $145.0 million. The borrowing base under the credit agreement is based on the collateral value of our proved reserves and is subject to redetermination on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The borrowing base of $210 million was reaffirmed on May 1, 2004; however, the borrowing base was reduced to $195.0 million on May 11, 2004 upon completion of our private placement of our 7.25% senior subordinated notes due 2012. The credit agreement provides for interest only payments until December 20, 2005, when the entire amount borrowed is due. Interest accrues, at our option, at either (1) the base rate plus a margin where the base rate is defined as the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or the prime rate and the margin varies from 0.25% to 1.0% depending on the utilization percentage of the borrowing base, or (2) at the LIBOR rate plus a margin where the margin varies from 1.5% to 2.25% depending on the utilization percentage of the borrowing base. We have consistently chosen the LIBOR rate option since it delivers the lowest effective interest rate. Based on our borrowing base utilization percentage at March 31, 2004, the LIBOR margin was 1.75%. Commitment fees of 0.375% to 0.5% accrue on the unused portion of the borrowing base, depending on the utilization percentage, and are included as a component of interest expense. At March 31, 2004, all amounts outstanding under the credit agreement accrued interest at an annual rate of 2.95% fixed through August 6, 2004

The credit agreement has covenants that restrict the payment of cash dividends, borrowings, sale of assets, loans to others, investments, merger activity, hedging contracts, liens and certain other transactions without the prior consent of the lenders and requires us to maintain certain debt to EBITDAX (as defined in the credit agreement) ratios and a working capital ratio. In particular, while the credit agreement allows our subsidiaries to make payments to us so that we may pay interest on the old notes and the new notes, it does not allow our subsidiaries to make payments to us to pay principal on the old notes or the new notes. We were in compliance with our covenants under the credit agreement as of March 31, 2004. The credit agreement is secured by a first lien on substantially all of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s assets. Whiting Petroleum Corporation has guaranteed the obligations of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation under the credit agreement.

If our acquisition of Equity Oil Company closes, then Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation expects to incorporate into its credit agreement Equity’s outstanding debt under its credit facility, which was $29.0 million as of December 31, 2003. See “—Acquisition of Equity Oil Company.” We will be required to amend Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement to permit this incorporation of debt.

We are currently in the process of executing an amended and restated credit agreement with the lenders under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s current credit agreement to (1) permit the incorporation of Equity Oil Company’s debt under its existing credit facility into Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement, (2) reaffirm our $195.0 million borrowing base, (3) increase the lenders’ total commitment under the credit agreement to $400.0 million and (4) extend the maturity of the credit agreement to May 2008 (four years from the date the amended and restated credit agreement closes).

7.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. On May 11, 2004, we issued, in a private placement, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7.25% senior subordinated notes due 2012. The net proceeds of the offering were used to retire all of our debt outstanding under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement. The notes are unsecured obligations of ours and are subordinated to all of our senior debt. The indenture governing the notes contains various restrictive covenants that may limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, (1) pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock or redeem or repurchase our

- 45 -

subordinated debt; (2) make investments; (3) incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (4) sell assets; (5) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of us and our restricted subsidiaries taken as a whole and (6) enter into hedging contracts. These covenants may limit the discretion of our management in operating our business. Two of our subsidiaries, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation and Whiting Programs, Inc., have fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed our obligations under the notes.

Historical Financing. Prior to our initial public offering in November 2003, we functioned as an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Alliant Energy. As a result, our liquidity was directly related to the financial resources and capital expenditure allocations of Alliant Energy. In the past, Alliant Energy provided a capital expenditure budget and funded net cash requirements beyond cash generated from operations. Until our $185.0 million bank borrowing in December 2002, we did not rely on outside sources of borrowing or capital. Instead, we received advances on Alliant Energy’s intercompany credit facility, which primarily covered the shortfall between our capital expenditures (including acquisitions) and cash generated from operations and property sales. The table below describes net borrowings and payments on Alliant Energy’s intercompany credit facility.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2003			2002			2001		Total
	(dollars in millions)
Alliant Energy(1)	$	(80.9	)	$	(83.1	)	$	23.9	$	(140.1	)
Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation credit agreement		—			185.0			—		185.0
Total	$	(80.9	)	$	101.9		$	23.9	$	44.9

⁽¹⁾ In March 2003, Alliant Energy converted its remaining intercompany loan plus accrued interest of $80.9 million to our equity.

Tax Separation and Indemnification Agreement with Alliant Energy. In connection with our initial public offering in November 2003, we entered into a tax separation and indemnification agreement with Alliant Energy. Pursuant to this agreement, we and Alliant Energy made a tax election with the effect that the tax basis of the assets of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation and its subsidiaries were increased to the deemed purchase price of their assets immediately prior to such initial public offering. We have adjusted deferred taxes on our balance sheet to reflect the new tax basis of our assets. This additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by us. Under this agreement, we have agreed to pay to Alliant Energy 90% of the future tax benefits we realize annually as a result of this step-up in tax basis for the years ending on or prior to December 31, 2013. Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing our actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by us had the increase in basis not occurred. In 2014, we will be obligated to pay Alliant Energy the present value of the remaining tax benefits assuming all such tax benefits will be realized in future years. The initial recording of this transaction in November 2003 resulted in a $57.2 million increase in deferred tax assets, a $28.6 million discounted payable to Alliant Energy and a $28.6 million increase to stockholders’ equity.

Alliant Energy Promissory Note. In conjunction with our initial public offering in November 2003, we issued a promissory note payable to Alliant Energy in the aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 5%. All principal and interest on the promissory note are due on November 25, 2005.

Schedule of Contractual Obligations. The following table summarizes our obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2003 to make future payments under certain contracts, aggregated by category of contractual obligation, for specified time periods.

- 46 -

	Payments due by period
Contractual Obligations	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Long-Term Debt	$	188.0		—	$	188.0		—		—
Operating Leases		2.0	$	1.1		0.9		—		—
Tax Separation and Indemnification Agreement with Alliant Energy(1)		28.8		—		4.2	$	3.1	$	21.5
Total	$	218.8	$	1.1	$	193.1	$	3.1	$	21.5

⁽¹⁾ Amounts shown are estimates based on estimated future income tax benefits from the increase in tax basis described under “Tax Separation and Indemnification Agreement with Alliant Energy” above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. As part of a 2002 purchase transaction, we agreed to share with the seller 50% of the actual price received for certain crude oil production in excess of $19.00 per barrel. The agreement runs through December 31, 2009 and contains a 2% price escalation per year. As a result, the sharing amount at January 1, 2004 increased to 50% of the actual price received in excess of $19.77 per barrel. Currently, approximately 46,000 net barrels of crude oil per month (21% of December 2003 net crude oil production) are subject to this sharing agreement. The terms of the agreement do not provide for a maximum amount to be paid. As of December 31, 2003, we have paid $3.1 million under this agreement and we have accrued an additional $215,000 as currently payable.

New Accounting Policies

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” which requires the purchase method of accounting for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and eliminates the pooling-of-interests method. In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which discontinues the practice of amortizing goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and initiates an annual review for impairment. Intangible assets with a determinable useful life will continue to be amortized over that period. The amortization provisions apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. We did not change or reclassify the contractual mineral rights included in our oil and natural gas properties on the balance sheet upon adoption of SFAS No. 142. We believe that the current accounting of such mineral rights as part of crude oil and natural gas properties is appropriate under the successful efforts method of accounting. However, there is an alternative view that reclassification of mineral rights to an intangible asset may be necessary. If a reclassification of contractual mineral rights acquired subsequent to July 1, 2001 from oil and gas properties to long term intangible assets is required, then the reclassified amounts would be approximately $48.7 million as of December 31, 2001, $161.2 million as of December 31, 2002 and $160.1 million as of December 31, 2003. We do not believe that the ultimate outcome of this issue will have a significant impact on our cash flows, results of operations or financial condition.

The FASB is currently evaluating the application of certain provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 to companies in the extractive industries, including oil and natural gas. The FASB is considering whether the provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 require registrants to classify costs associated with mineral rights, including both proved and unproved lease acquisition costs, as intangible assets in the balance sheet, apart from other oil and gas property costs, and provide specific footnote disclosures. In the event the FASB determines that costs associated with mineral rights are required to be classified as intangible assets, we currently believe that our financial condition and results of operations would not be affected.

Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This statement generally applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or the normal operation of a

- 47 -

long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 requires us to recognize the fair value of asset retirement obligations in our financial statements by capitalizing that cost as a part of the cost of the related asset. In regards to us, this statement applies directly to the plug and abandonment liabilities associated with our net working interest in well bores. The additional carrying amount is depleted over the estimated lives of the properties. The discounted liability is based on historical abandonment costs in specific areas and is accreted at the end of each accounting period through charges to accretion expense. The liability is discounted using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of approximately 7%. If the obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount, a gain or loss is recognized on settlement. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 143, we recorded an increase to our discounted abandonment liability of $16.4 million, increased proved property cost by $10.1 million and recognized a one-time cumulative effect charge of $3.9 million (net of a deferred tax benefit of $2.4 million). We have an additional $4.3 million abandonment liability relating to our retained obligation with respect to the Point Arguello facility located offshore from California.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associates with Exit or Disposal Activities.” This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” The provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on our financial statements.

FASB Interpretation No. 45, or FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” was issued in November 2002 by the FASB. FIN 45 requires a guarantor to recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under certain guarantees. Additionally, FIN 45 requires a guarantor to disclose certain aspects of each guarantee, or each group of similar guarantees, including the nature of the guarantee, the maximum exposure under the guarantee, the current carrying amount of any liability for the guarantee, and any recourse provisions allowing the guarantor to recover from third parties any amounts paid under the guarantee. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements for both interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The fair value measurement provisions of FIN 45 are to be applied on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, or FIN 46 (as revised in December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements” to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support from other parties. FIN 46 requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. All companies with interests in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, shall apply the provisions of FIN 46 to those entities immediately. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on our financial statements.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” to amend and clarify financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. The changes in this statement require that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly to achieve more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivative or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and will be applied prospectively. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on our financial statements.

- 48 -

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” to classify certain financial instruments as liabilities in statements of financial position. The financial instruments are mandatorily redeemable shares, which the issuing company is obligated to buy back in exchange for cash or other assets, put options and forward purchase contracts, instruments that do or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets, and obligations that can be settled with shares, the monetary value of which is fixed, tied solely or predominantly to a variable such as a market index, or varies inversely with the value of the issuers’ shares. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on our financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion of financial condition and results of operation is based upon the information reported in our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these statements requires us to make assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. We base our assumptions and estimates on historical experience and other sources that we believe to be reasonable at the time. Actual results may vary from our estimates due to changes in circumstances, weather, politics, global economics, mechanical problems, general business conditions and other factors. Our significant accounting policies are detailed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. We have outlined below certain of these policies as being of particular importance to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and which require the application of significant judgment by our management.

Revenue Recognition. We predominantly derive our revenue from the sale of produced crude oil and natural gas. Revenue is recorded in the month the product is delivered to the purchaser. We receive payment from one to three months after delivery. At the end of each month, we estimate the amount of production delivered to purchasers and the price we will receive. Variances between our estimated revenue and actual payment are recorded in the month the payment is received; however, differences have been insignificant.

Hedging. Our crude oil and natural gas hedges are designed to be treated as cash flow hedges under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity.” This policy is significant since it impacts the timing of revenue recognition. Under this pronouncement, the majority of our hedging gains or losses are recorded in the month the contracts settle. We reflect this as an adjustment to revenue through the “Gain (loss) on oil and gas hedging activities” line item in our consolidated income statements. If our hedges did not qualify for cash flow hedge treatment, then our consolidated income statements could include large non-cash fluctuations in this line item, particularly in volatile pricing environments, as our contracts are marked to their period end market values.

Successful Efforts Accounting. We account for our oil and natural gas operations using the successful efforts method of accounting. Under this method, all costs associated with property acquisition, successful exploratory wells and all development wells are capitalized. Items charged to expense generally include geological and geophysical costs, costs of unsuccessful exploratory wells and oil and natural gas production costs. All of our properties are located within the continental United States and the Gulf of Mexico.

Oil and Natural Gas Reserve Quantities. Reserve quantities and the related estimates of future net cash flows affect our periodic calculations of depletion and impairment of our oil and natural gas properties. Proved oil and natural gas reserves are the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future periods from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Reserve quantities and future cash flows

- 49 -

included in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with guidelines established by the SEC and FASB. The accuracy of our reserve estimates is a function of:

• the quality and quantity of available data;

• the interpretation of that data;

• the accuracy of various mandated economic assumptions; and

• the judgments of the persons preparing the estimates.

Our proved reserve information included in this prospectus is based on estimates prepared by Ryder Scott Company, Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc. and R.A. Lenser & Associates, Inc., each independent petroleum engineers, and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s engineering staff. The independent petroleum engineers evaluated approximately 83% of the pre-tax PV10% value of our proved reserves and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s engineering staff evaluated the remainder. Estimates prepared by others may be higher or lower than our estimates. Because these estimates depend on many assumptions, all of which may differ substantially from actual results, reserve estimates may be different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered. We continually make revisions to reserve estimates throughout the year as additional information becomes available. We make changes to depletion rates and impairment calculations in the same period that changes to the reserve estimates are made.

Impairment of Oil and Natural Gas Properties. We review the value of our oil and natural gas properties whenever management judges that events and circumstances indicate that the recorded carrying value of properties may not be recoverable. We provide for impairments on undeveloped property when we determine that the property will not be developed or a permanent impairment in value has occurred. Impairments of proved producing properties are calculated by comparing future net undiscounted cash flows on a field-by-field basis using escalated prices to the net recorded book cost at the end of each period. If the net capitalized cost exceeds net future cash flows, the cost of the property is written down to “fair value,” which is determined using net discounted future cash flows from the producing property. Different pricing assumptions or discount rates could result in a different calculated impairment. We have not recorded any property impairments since 1999.

Income Taxes. We provide for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Deferred income taxes are provided for the difference between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the carrying amount in our financial statements. This difference will result in taxable income or deductions in future years when the reported amount of the asset or liability is settled. Since our tax returns are filed after the financial statements are prepared, estimates are required in valuing tax assets and liabilities. We record adjustments to actual in the period we file our tax returns.

Effects of Inflation and Pricing

We experienced increased costs during 2001, 2002 and 2003 due to increased demand for oil field products and services. The oil and natural gas industry is very cyclical and the demand for goods and services of oil field companies, suppliers and others associated with the industry put extreme pressure on the economic stability and pricing structure within the industry. Typically, as prices for oil and natural gas increase, so do all associated costs. Material changes in prices impact the current revenue stream, estimates of future reserves, borrowing base calculations of bank loans and value of properties in purchase and sale transactions. Material changes in prices can impact the value of oil and natural gas companies and their ability to raise capital, borrow money and retain personnel. While we do not currently expect business costs to materially increase, continued high prices for oil and natural gas could result in increases in the cost of material, services and personnel.

- 50 -

Acquisition of Equity Oil Company

On February 2, 2004, we announced that we entered into a definitive merger agreement to acquire Equity Oil Company. The merger agreement provides for a stock-for-stock merger under which Equity shareholders will receive a fixed exchange ratio of 0.185 shares of our common stock for each share of Equity common stock that they own. In addition, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation expects to incorporate into its credit agreement the debt outstanding under Equity’s credit facility, which was approximately $29.0 million as of March 31, 2004. The merger is subject to the approval of shareholders owning two-thirds of the outstanding Equity shares and other customary closing conditions. Equity intends to call a special meeting of its shareholders during the second quarter of 2004 to consider and vote on the merger. We expect to complete the merger as soon as practicable following approval by Equity’s shareholders.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Commodity Price Risk

The price we receive for our oil and natural gas production heavily influences our revenue, profitability, access to capital and future rate of growth. Oil and natural gas are commodities and, therefore, their prices are subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand. Historically, the markets for oil and natural gas have been volatile, and these markets will likely continue to be volatile in the future. The prices we receive for our production depend on numerous factors beyond our control. Based on December 2003 production, our income before income taxes moves approximately $2.1 million for every $0.10 change in natural gas prices and approximately $2.4 million for each $1.00 change in crude oil prices.

We periodically enter into derivative contracts to manage our exposure to oil and natural gas price volatility. Our derivative contracts have traditionally been with no-cost collars, although we evaluate other forms of derivative instruments as well. Our derivative contracts have historically qualified for cash flow hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133. This accounting treatment allows the aggregate change in fair market value to be recorded as other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheet. Recognition in the consolidated income statement occurs in the period of contract settlement. We generally limit our aggregate hedge position to less than 50% of expected production, but may hedge larger percentages of total expected production in certain circumstances. We do not intend to hedge in excess of 60% of our expected production. We also seek to diversify our hedge position with various counterparties where we have clear indications of their current financial strength.

Our outstanding hedges at May 26, 2004 are summarized below:

Commodity	Period	Monthly Volume (MMbtu)/(Bbl)	NYMEX Floor/Ceiling
Natural Gas	07/2004 to 09/2004	400,000	$	4.50/$8.35
Natural Gas	10/2004 to 12/2004	400,000	$	4.50/$9.40
Natural Gas	10/2004 to 12/2004	400,000	$	4.50/$12.00
Crude Oil	04/2004 to 06/2004	50,000	$	28.00/$35.40
Crude Oil	04/2004 to 06/2004	50,000	$	28.00/$37.94
Crude Oil	07/2004 to 09/2004	50,000	$	28.00/$35.37
Crude Oil	07/2004 to 09/2004	50,000	$	30.00/$38.78
Crude Oil	10/2004 to 12/2004	50,000	$	28.00/$46.10
Crude Oil	10/2004 to 12/2004	50,000	$	30.00/$48.50

The collared hedges shown above have the effect of providing a protective floor while allowing us to share in upward pricing movements. Consequently, while these hedges are designed to decrease our exposure to price decreases, they also have the effect of limiting the benefit of price increases beyond the ceiling. For the

- 51 -

natural gas contracts listed above, a hypothetical $0.10 change in the NYMEX price above the ceiling price or below the floor price applied to the notional amounts would cause a change in the gain (loss) on hedging activities of $360,000 for the remainder of 2004. For the crude oil contracts listed above, a hypothetical $1.00 change in the NYMEX price would cause a change in the gain (loss) on hedging activities of $900,000 for the remainder of 2004.

We have also entered into fixed price marketing contracts directly with end users for a portion of the natural gas we produce in Michigan. All of those contracts have built-in pricing escalators of 4% per year. Our outstanding fixed price marketing contracts at May 1, 2004 are summarized below:

Commodity	Period	Monthly Volume (Mmbtu)	2004 Price Per Mmbtu
Natural Gas	01/2002 to 12/2011	51,000	$	4.22
Natural Gas	01/2002 to 12/2012	60,000		3.74

The table below summarizes the hedges and fixed price marketing contracts described above:

Hedges and Contracts Summary	Hedged and Contracted (Mmbtu)/(Bbl) per Month	As a Percentage of 2003 Avg. Monthly Production (Gas/Oil)
April–June 2004	111,000 /100,000	6.1% /46.3%
July–September 2004	511,000 /100,000	28.4% /46.3%
October–December 2004	911,000 /100,000	50.6% /46.3%
2005 and thereafter	111,000 /     —	6.1% /  —

Interest Rate Risk

Market risk is estimated as the change in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 100 basis point change in the interest rate on the outstanding under our credit facility. The credit facility allows us to fix the interest rate for all or a portion of the principal balance for a period up to six months. To the extent the interest rate is fixed, interest rate changes affect the instrument’s fair market value but do not impact results of operations or cash flows. Conversely, for the portion of the credit facility that has a floating interest rate, interest rate changes will not affect the fair market value but will impact future results of operations and cash flows. At March 31, 2003, the interest rate on the entire outstanding principal balance under our credit facility was fixed at 2.95% through August 6, 2004. At March 31, 2003, the carrying amount approximated fair market value. Assuming a constant debt level of $145.0 million, the cash flow impact for 2004 resulting from a 100 basis point change in interest rates during periods when the interest rate is not fixed would be $584,000.

- 52 -

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

About Our Company

We are engaged in oil and natural gas exploitation, acquisition, exploration and production activities primarily in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin, Rocky Mountains, Michigan and Mid-Continent regions of the United States. Our focus is on pursuing growth projects that we believe will generate attractive rates of return and maintaining a balanced portfolio of lower risk, long-lived oil and natural gas properties that provide stable cash flows.

Since our inception in 1980, we have built a strong asset base and achieved steady growth through both property acquisitions and exploitation activities. As of January 1, 2004, our estimated proved reserves had a pre-tax PV10% value of approximately $784.6 million, approximately 85% of which came from properties located in three states: Texas, North Dakota and Michigan. We spent approximately $52.0 million on capital projects during 2003, including $38.8 million for the drilling of 72 gross (24.8 net) wells (64 successful completions and eight uneconomic wells). We have budgeted approximately $68.0 million for capital expenditures in 2004, including $33.0 million for the development of proved reserves and $35.0 million for the development of currently unproved reserves. Although we have no specific budget for acquisitions, we will also continue to seek property acquisition opportunities that complement our existing core properties. We believe that our exploitation and acquisition expertise and our exploration inventory, together with our operating experience and efficient cost structure, provide us with the potential to continue our growth.

We have a balanced portfolio of oil and natural gas reserves, with approximately 53% of our proved reserves consisting of natural gas and approximately 47% consisting of oil. Our properties generally have long reserve lives and reasonably stable and predictable well production characteristics with a ratio of proved reserves to trailing 12 month production ending December 31, 2003 of approximately 11.8 years. Approximately 75% of our proved reserves are classified as proved developed and approximately 25% are classified as proved undeveloped.

The following table summarizes our total net proved reserves and pre-tax PV10% value within our four core areas as of January 1, 2004, as well as our December 2003 average daily production.

	Oil (MMbbl)	Proved Reserves	Total (Bcfe)	Pre-Tax PV 10% Value (In thousands)		December 2003 Average Daily Production
Core Area		Natural Gas (Bcf)				MMcfe	% Natural Gas
Gulf Coast/Permian Basin	5.5	89.4	122.5	$	266,745	40.0	76	%
Rocky Mountains	26.5	17.6	176.5		261,071	32.3	11	%
Michigan	1.1	107.2	114.1		214,407	21.3	92	%
Mid-Continent	1.5	16.8	25.7		42,400	8.2	73	%
Total	34.6	231.0	438.8	$	784,623	101.8	59	%

Business Strategy

Our goal is to increase stockholder value by investing in oil and gas projects with attractive rates of return on capital employed. We plan to achieve this goal by exploiting and developing our existing oil and natural gas properties and pursuing acquisitions of additional properties. Specifically, we have focused, and plan to continue to focus, on the following:

Developing and Exploiting Existing Properties. We believe that there is significant value to be created by drilling the numerous identified undeveloped opportunities on our properties. We own interests in a total of 517,000 gross (206,000 net) developed acres. In addition, as of December 31, 2003, we owned interests in

- 53 -

approximately 386,000 gross (188,000 net) undeveloped acres that contain many exploitation opportunities. During the three years ended December 31, 2003, we invested $94 million to participate in the drilling of 169 gross (60.6 net) wells. The majority of these wells were developmental wells, and 85.2% were successful completions. As of January 1, 2004, we had identified a total of 171 proved undeveloped drilling locations on our properties. We drilled or participated in the drilling of 72 gross (24.8 net) wells during the year ended December 31, 2003. We plan to invest $68 million on the further development of our properties in 2004.

Pursuing Profitable Acquisitions. We have pursued and intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of properties that we believe to have exploitation and development potential comparable to our existing inventory of drilling locations. We have developed and refined an acquisition program designed to increase reserves and complement our existing core properties. We have an experienced team of management and engineering and geoscience professionals who identify and evaluate acquisition opportunities, negotiate and close purchases and manage acquired properties.

Focusing on High Return Operated and Non-Operated Properties. We have historically acquired operated as well as non-operated properties that meet or exceed our rate of return criteria. For acquisitions of properties with additional development, exploitation and exploration potential, our focus has been on acquiring operated properties so that we can better control the timing and implementation of capital spending. In some instances, we have been able to acquire non-operated property interests at attractive rates of return that provided a foothold in a new area of interest or complemented our existing operations. We intend to continue to acquire both operated and non-operated interests to the extent they meet our return criteria and further our growth strategy.

Controlling Costs through Efficient Operation of Existing Properties. We operate approximately 60% of the pre-tax PV10% value of our total proved reserves and approximately 82% of the pre-tax PV10% value of our proved undeveloped reserves, which we believe enables us to better manage expenses, capital allocation and the decision-making processes related to our exploitation and exploration activities. For the year ended December 31, 2003, our lease operating expense per Mcfe averaged $1.16 and general and administrative costs averaged $0.34 per Mcfe produced, net of reimbursements.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our key competitive strengths lie in our diversified asset base, our experienced management team and our commitment to efficient utilization of new technologies.

Diversified Asset Base. We have interests in 5,006 wells in 16 states across our four core geographical areas of the United States. This property base, as well as our continuing business strategy of acquiring and developing properties in our core operating areas, presents us with a large number of opportunities for successful development and exploitation and additional acquisitions.

Experienced Management Team. Our management team averages 26 years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry. Our personnel have extensive experience in each of our core geographical areas and in all of our operational disciplines. In addition, each of our acquisition professionals has at least 20 years of experience in the evaluation, acquisition and operational assimilation of oil and natural gas properties.

Commitment to Technology. In each of our core operating areas, we have accumulated detailed geologic and geophysical knowledge and have developed significant technical and operational expertise. In recent years, we have developed considerable expertise in conventional and 3-D seismic imaging and interpretation. Our technical team has access to approximately 575 square miles of 3-D seismic data, which we have assembled primarily over the past five years. A team with access to state-of-the-art geophysical/geological computer applications and hardware analyzes this information. Computer applications, such as the WellView^® software system, enable us to quickly generate reports and schematics on our wells. In addition, our information systems

- 54 -

enable us to update our production databases through daily uploads from hand-held computers in the field. This technology and expertise has greatly aided our pursuit of attractive development projects.

Proved Reserves

Our proved reserves as of January 1, 2004 are summarized in the table below.

	Oil (MMbl)	Natural Gas (MMcf)	Total (Bcfe)	% of Total Proved		Pre-tax PV 10% (In thousands)		Future Capital Expenditures (In thousands)
Gulf Coast/Permian Basin:
PDP	4,300	52,322	78.1	17.8	%	$	172,347	$	2,784
PDNP	287	6,232	8.0	1.8	%		20,465		1,141
PUD	939	30,856	36.4	8.3	%		73,933		25,794
Total Proved	5,526	89,410	122.5	27.9	%	$	266,745	$	29,719
Rocky Mountains:
PDP	18,898	13,183	126.6	28.8	%	$	169,051	$	743
PDNP	571	205	3.6	0.8	%		4,340		393
PUD	7,008	4,257	46.3	10.6	%		87,680		18,774
Total Proved	26,477	17,645	176.5	40.2	%	$	261,071	$	19,910
Michigan:
PDP	469	76,263	79.1	18.0	%	$	133,618	$	0
PDNP	140	6,914	7.8	1.8	%		23,854		1,713
PUD	536	24,017	27.2	6.2	%		56,935		14,755
Total Proved	1,145	107,194	114.1	26.0	%	$	214,407	$	16,468
Mid-Continent:
PDP	1,438	15,900	24.5	5.6	%	$	41,271	$	0
PDNP	53	863	1.2	0.3	%		1,129		229
Total Proved	1,491	16,763	25.7	5.9	%	$	42,400	$	229
Total Corporate:
PDP	25,105	157,668	308.3	70.2	%	$	516,287	$	3,527
PDNP	1,051	14,214	20.6	4.7	%		49,788		3,476
PUD	8,483	59,130	109.9	25.1	%		218,548		59,323
Total Proved	34,639	231,012	438.8	100.0	%	$	784,623	$	66,326

Summary of Oil and Natural Gas Properties and Projects

Gulf Coast/Permian Basin Region

Our Gulf Coast/Permian Basin operations include assets in Texas, Louisiana, Alabama and New Mexico. The Gulf Coast/Permian Basin region contributes 122.5 Bcfe (73% natural gas) of net proved reserves to our portfolio of operations, which represents 27.9% of our total net proved reserves. Approximately 90.9% of the proved reserves of our Gulf Coast/Permian Basin operations are related to properties in Texas.

Stuart City Reef Trend. We have leasehold interests in five fields located along a regional geologic structure known as the Stuart City Reef Trend in south-central Texas, where we are employing horizontal drilling technologies to develop gas reserves in the Edwards Limestone at 14,000 feet. Our Stuart City properties contain 35.5 Bcfe of net proved reserves primarily within the Word North field, the Yoakum field and the Kawitt field. During 2003, we drilled three successful Edwards wells in these fields. We plan to continue development of our Edwards gas reserves by drilling a combination of new horizontal wells and casing-exit horizontal wells. We have also begun an active drilling program targeting the Wilcox Formation at 10,000 feet. During 2003, we drilled one Wilcox well and plan additional drilling in the Kawitt and Word North fields.

- 55 -

Vicksburg Trend. We own interests in several fields within the Vicksburg Trend located in the vicinity of Nueces Bay in San Patricio and Nueces Counties, Texas. These fields include the Agua Dulce, Triple A, South Midway, and East White Point fields. Natural gas and oil production in this area is from multiple, low permeability sandstone reservoirs within the Vicksburg and Frio Formations at depths ranging between 4,000 and 15,000 feet.

In the Agua Dulce field, we operate 13 wells with a 99.0% average working interest. Our properties in this field contain 17.7 Bcfe of net proved reserves. We have begun an active development program at Agua Dulce where we are employing 3-D seismic to exploit multiple, low permeability gas sands within a highly faulted anticline. During 2003 we drilled one successful gas well, but had mechanical difficulties in completing a second well and are currently sidetracking the wellbore. We plan to continue the development of our gas reserves through the acquisition of additional seismic data and new drilling.

Gulf of Mexico. In South Timbalier Block 185, we have an 18% working interest in a successful, non-operated drilling and recompletion project in of the Gulf of Mexico shelf area, offshore Louisiana. We also have interests in ongoing drilling activity in South Timbalier, Blocks 185, 200 and 203, which we expect to continue during 2004.

Cotton Valley Reef Trend. We are involved in an exploration play along the Cotton Valley Reef trend primarily in Leon and Robertson counties, Texas. Fields along this trend produce gas from pinnacle reefs within the Cotton Valley formation at 14,000 feet. We are employing modern seismic processing techniques to accurately delineate these reservoirs. We are currently drilling one of these wells and plan one additional well in 2004.

Rocky Mountain Region

Our Rocky Mountain operations include assets in North Dakota, Montana, Colorado and Wyoming. As of January 1, 2004, our proved reserves in the Rocky Mountain region were 29.4 MMboe (90% oil), which accounted for 40.2% of our total proved reserves. The majority of our interests in the Rocky Mountain region are within North Dakota and Montana, where we have interests in 97 fields, 45 of which we operate. Approximately 87% of the proved reserves of our Rocky Mountain operations are related to assets in North Dakota.

Big Stick (Madison) Unit. The Big Stick field, which contains the Big Stick (Madison) Unit, is located in Billings County, North Dakota and produces from a series of stacked, oil saturated, porous dolomites within the Mission Canyon Formation at an average depth of 9,400 feet. We operate this unit and own a 62% working interest. Our net recoverable reserves at Big Stick at year end were 12.6 MMboe. Since acquiring this property, we have increased unit oil production by 14% through a combination of workovers and sidetracks of existing wells as well as new drilling. During the past year, we have been engaged in a detailed reservoir modeling study to determine the benefits and feasibility of implementing a waterflood within the unit. We are also developing our deeper, non-unitized interests at Big Stick, and recently drilled a new well which identified gas pay in the Red River Formation at 12,700 feet and oil pay in the Duperow Formation at 11,000 feet.

North Elkhorn Ranch Unit. The North Elkhorn Ranch Unit is located eight miles north of the Big Stick field in Billings County, North Dakota and also produces from reservoirs within the Mission Canyon Formation. We hold a 60% working interest and operate this unit. Our net recoverable reserves are 4.5 MMboe. Since assuming unit operations in May of 2002, we have reversed the decline in unit production, primarily through workovers of existing wells and reduction in downtime. We drilled one unit well late in 2003 and plan additional development drilling during 2004.

Red Water Field. We have a 40% non-operated working interest in an active exploration and development play which targets the middle member of the Mississippian Bakken Formation in Richland County,

- 56 -

Montana. During 2003 we drilled four new horizontal wells which have estimated ultimate recoveries of 500 to 800 Mboe per well. At year end, our net recoverable reserves from the Red Water Field were 1.2 MMboe.

Sioux Field. We have a 65% working interest and operate this field which is located in McKenzie County, North Dakota. This field produces oil and gas from multiple zones at depths up to 13,700 feet. Since acquiring this property in 2002, we have increased production by 130% primarily through new drilling and recompletions. In 2003, we drilled a successful well with up to eight producing zones. Initially, production will be from the Interlake Formation which has tested oil at approximately 250 barrels of oil per day.

Michigan Region

Our Michigan operations include assets in Michigan and Ohio. Virtually all of the proved reserves and pre-tax PV10% value associated with our Michigan operations are from properties located in the State of Michigan. The Michigan region contributes 114.1 Bcfe (94% natural gas) of net proved reserves to our portfolio of operations, which represents 26% of our total net proved reserves.

The majority of our Michigan production is from a non-conventional natural gas reservoir in the northern Michigan basin known as the Antrim Shale. The remainder of our production is from a variety of conventional oil and natural gas reservoirs in the eastern and southern portions of the basin. We operate the majority of our non-Antrim production as well as the West Branch and Stoney Point natural gas plants, while the majority of our Antrim production is operated by local companies in close cooperation with our technical staff.

Antrim Production. Natural gas is produced from fractures within the Antrim Shale at depths from 1,200 to 2,200 feet. The productive fairway of the Antrim is widespread across northern Michigan, covering a 3,400 square mile region. We own interests in 57 multi-well Antrim Shale natural gas projects within this area. As of January 1, 2004, our net proved reserves from these projects were 79.6 Bcfe (100% natural gas).

Approximately 10 of our Antrim Shale projects have significant remaining development potential. These projects are concentrated in three areas. In Briley Township, we have proved undeveloped reserves of 5.9 Bcf. The Old Vandy Projects in Charlevoix and Otsego Counties have proved undeveloped reserves of 2.0 Bcf. An additional 4.9 Bcf of proved undeveloped reserves are present within eight additional townships which are less geographically concentrated. During 2003, we drilled 15 wells, and we expect to drill 20 wells during 2004.

Conventional (non-Antrim) Production. Our non-Antrim Shale production is from conventional reservoirs (primarily the Prairie du Chien, Trenton and Black River Formations) located in Central Michigan. Estimated net proved reserves from these properties total 34.5 Bcfe (80% natural gas). We have interests in 20 oil and natural gas fields in this region and operate 7 of them.

The Prairie du Chien fields produce natural gas and retrograde condensate from various intervals within a 500 to 800 foot thick sequence of sandstones and dolomitic sandstones at a depth of 10,500 to 11,200 feet. The low permeability and heterogeneous character of the Prairie du Chien reservoirs has resulted in low recovery of the original natural gas in place from the existing wells, providing us with significant opportunities for increased recovery through infill and horizontal drilling.

Our undeveloped potential resides in three fields, West Branch, Clayton and South Buckeye. All are structurally trapped hydrocarbon accumulations and to date recoveries range from 4% to 37% of the in place hydrocarbons. Our undeveloped proved reserve potential in these three fields is estimated at 14.4 Bcfe versus 60 Bcfe produced to date. Two locations have been identified for drilling in 2004. We believe that significant additional potential exists for horizontal re-entry wells and conventional vertical and horizontal wells.

- 57 -

Mid-Continent Region

Our Mid-Continent operations include assets in Oklahoma, Arkansas and Kansas. The Mid-Continent region contributes 25.7 Bcfe (65% natural gas) of net proved reserves to our portfolio of operations, which represents 5.9% of total net proved reserves. The majority of the proved value within our Mid-Continent operations is related to properties in Oklahoma. The Oklahoma production is scattered throughout the state, with the single largest concentration being in the company-operated Putnam Oswego Unit, located in Dewey and Custer Counties in West-Central Oklahoma.

Our proved properties located in Arkansas are operated, and are primarily in two fields, the Magnolia Smackover Pool Unit and the Wesson Hogg Sand Unit. Both of these fields are mature pressure maintenance units.

Cherokee Basin Coalbed Methane Project. In 2002 and 2003, we acquired a 91,284 acre lease position in the Cherokee Basin, which is prospective for natural gas from coal seams (coalbed methane). Approximately 70,000 acres are concentrated in our Center prospect, which is located south of Emporia, Kansas and in which we have a 100% working interest. Eight stratigraphic test wells were drilled during 2003 and evaluation efforts are ongoing.

Acreage

The following table summarizes gross and net developed and undeveloped acreage at December 31, 2003 by region (net acreage is our percentage ownership of gross acreage). Acreage in which our interest is limited to royalty and overriding royalty interests is excluded.

	Developed Acreage		Undeveloped Acreage		Total Acreage
	Gross	Net	Gross	Net	Gross	Net
Gulf Coast/Permian Basin	159,603	58,813	8,514	7,518	168,117	66,331
Rocky Mountains	137,038	66,507	286,000	90,400	423,038	156,907
Michigan	179,141	59,000	—	—	179,141	59,000
Mid-Continent	40,740	21,438	91,284	90,395	132,024	111,833
Total	516,522	205,758	385,798	188,313	902,320	394,071

- 58 -

Production History

The following table presents the historical information about our produced natural gas and oil volumes.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2003		2002		2001
Oil production (MMbbls)		2.6		2.3		2.1
Natural gas production (Bcf)		21.6		21.4		19.8
Total production (Bcfe)		37.2		35.2		32.4
Daily production (MMcfe/d)		101.8		96.4		88.8
Average sales prices:
Natural gas (per Mcf)(1)	$	4.78	$	3.21	$	3.82
Oil (per Bbl)(1)		27.50		23.35		23.85
Total (per Mcfe)(1)		4.73		3.48		3.88
Costs and expenses (per Mcfe):
Lease operating expenses	$	1.16	$	0.93	$	0.92
Production taxes		0.29		0.21		0.20
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense		1.11		1.24		1.11
General and administrative expenses, net of reimbursements		0.34		0.34		0.34

⁽¹⁾ Before consideration of hedging transactions.

Productive Wells

The following table presents our ownership at December 31, 2003 in productive oil and natural gas wells by region (a net well is our percentage ownership of a gross well).

	Oil Wells		Natural Gas Wells		Total Wells
	Gross	Net	Gross	Net	Gross	Net
Gulf Coast/Permian Basin	1,571	139.7	852	282.0	2,423	421.7
Rocky Mountains	863	254.7	115	17.9	978	272.6
Michigan	78	57.0	968	368.3	1,046	425.3
Mid-Continent	372	151.2	187	78.8	559	230.0
Total	2,884	602.6	2,122	747.0	5,006	1,349.6

- 59 -

Drilling Activity

We are engaged in numerous drilling activities on properties presently owned and intend to drill or develop other properties acquired in the future. The following table sets forth the results of our drilling activity for the last three years. The information should not be considered indicative of future performance, nor should it be assumed that there is necessarily any correlation between the number of productive wells drilled and quantities of reserves found or economic value. Productive wells are those that produce commercial quantities of hydrocarbons, whether or not they produce a reasonable rate of return.

	Gulf Coast/ Permian Basin			Mid-Continent			Rocky Mountains			Michigan		Total
	2003	2002	2001	2003	2002	2001	2003	2002	2001	2003	2002	2003	2002	2001
Gross:
Productive	22	10	22	2	3	3	25	7	31	15	4	64	24	56
Dry	3	6	6	—	—	—	5	3	2	—	—	8	9	8
Total	25	16	28	2	3	3	30	10	33	15	4	72	33	64
Net:
Productive	10.6	4.2	10.5	0.1	0.2	1.0	7.4	2.7	8.1	2.8	1.0	20.9	8.1	19.6
Dry	.9	2.2	1.9	—	—	—	3.0	2.1	1.9	—	—	3.9	4.3	3.8
Total	11.5	6.4	12.4	0.1	0.2	1.0	10.4	4.8	10.0	2.8	1.0	24.8	12.4	23.4

Our drilling activity from exploratory wells, which are included in the above table, include one productive gross well (0.2 net) in 2001 in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin region, one dry gross well (0.15 net) in 2002 in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin region, three dry gross wells (1.55 net) in 2003, two of which were located in the Rocky Mountain region and one in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin region.

Marketing and Major Customers

We principally sell our oil and natural gas production to end users, marketers and other purchasers that have access to nearby pipeline facilities. In areas where there is no practical access to pipelines, oil is trucked to storage facilities. Our marketing of oil and natural gas can be affected by factors beyond our control, the effects of which cannot be accurately predicted. For fiscal year 2003, no single customer was responsible for generating 10% or more of our total oil and natural gas sales.

Title to Properties

Our properties are subject to customary royalty interests, liens under indebtedness, liens incident to operating agreements, liens for current taxes and other burdens, including other mineral encumbrances and restrictions. Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement is also secured by a first lien on substantially all of our assets. We do not believe that any of these burdens materially interferes with the use of our properties in the operation of our business.

We believe that we have satisfactory title to or rights in all of our producing properties. As is customary in the oil and natural gas industry, minimal investigation of title is made at the time of acquisition of undeveloped properties. In most cases, we investigate title and obtain title opinions from counsel only when we acquire producing properties or before commencement of drilling operations.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive environment for acquiring properties, marketing oil and natural gas and securing trained personnel. Many of our competitors possess and employ financial, technical and personnel resources substantially greater than ours, which can be particularly important in the areas in which we operate. Those companies may be able to pay more for productive oil and natural gas properties and exploratory prospects and to evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or personnel resources permit. Our ability to acquire additional prospects and to find and develop reserves in the future will depend on our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a highly competitive environment. Also, there is substantial competition for capital available for investment in the oil and natural gas industry.

- 60 -

Regulation

Regulation of Transportation and Sale of Natural Gas

Historically, the transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in inter state commerce have been regulated pursuant to the Natural Gas Act of 1938, the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 and regulations issued under those Acts by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or the FERC. In the past, the federal government has regulated the prices at which natural gas could be sold. While sales by producers of natural gas can currently be made at uncontrolled market prices, Congress could reenact price controls in the future. Deregulation of wellhead natural gas sales began with the enactment of the Natural Gas Policy Act. In 1989, Congress enacted the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol Act. The Decontrol Act removed all Natural Gas Act and Natural Gas Policy Act price and non-price controls affecting wellhead sales of natural gas effective January 1, 1993.

Since 1985, the FERC has endeavored to make natural gas transportation more accessible to natural gas buyers and sellers on an open and non-discriminatory basis. The FERC has stated that open access policies are necessary to improve the competitive structure of the interstate natural gas pipeline industry and to create a regulatory framework that will put natural gas sellers into more direct contractual relations with natural gas buyers by, among other things, unbundling the sale of natural gas from the sale of transportation and storage services. Beginning in 1992, the FERC issued Order No. 636 and a series of related orders to implement its open access policies. As a result of the Order No. 636 program, the marketing and pricing of natural gas have been significantly altered. The interstate pipelines’ traditional role as wholesalers of natural gas has been eliminated and replaced by a structure under which pipelines provide transportation and storage service on an open access basis to others who buy and sell natural gas. Although the FERC’s orders do not directly regulate natural gas producers, they are intended to foster increased competition within all phases of the natural gas industry.

In 2000, the FERC issued Order No. 637 and subsequent orders, which imposed a number of additional reforms designed to enhance competition in natural gas markets. Among other things, Order No. 637 revised the FERC’s pricing policy by waiving price ceilings for short-term released capacity for a two-year experimental period, and effected changes in FERC regulations relating to scheduling procedures, capacity segmentation, penalties, rights of first refusal and information reporting. Most pipelines’ tariff filings to implement the requirements of Order No. 637 have been accepted by the FERC and placed into effect. While most major aspects of Order No. 637 have been upheld on judicial review, certain issues such as capacity segmentation and right of first refusal are pending further consideration by the FERC. We cannot predict what action FERC will take on these matters in the future, or whether the FERC’s actions will survive further judicial review.

The Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, which the FERC implements as to transportation and pipeline issues, requires that all pipelines operating on or across the outer continental shelf provide open access, non-discriminatory transportation service. One of the FERC’s principal goals in carrying out this Act’s mandate is to increase transparency in the market to provide producers and shippers on the outer continental shelf with greater assurance of open access services on pipelines located on the outer continental shelf and non-discriminatory rates and conditions of service on such pipelines.

We cannot accurately predict whether the FERC’s actions will achieve the goal of increasing competition in markets in which our natural gas is sold. Additional proposals and proceedings that might affect the natural gas industry are pending before the FERC and the courts. The natural gas industry historically has been very heavily regulated. Therefore, we cannot provide any assurance that the less stringent regulatory approach recently established by the FERC will continue. However, we do not believe that any action taken will affect us in a way that materially differs from the way it affects other natural gas producers.

- 61 -

Intrastate natural gas transportation is subject to regulation by state regulatory agencies. The basis for intrastate regulation of natural gas transportation and the degree of regulatory oversight and scrutiny given to intrastate natural gas pipeline rates and services varies from state to state. Insofar as such regulation within a particular state will generally affect all intrastate natural gas shippers within the state on a comparable basis, we believe that the regulation of similarly situated intrastate natural gas transportation in any states in which we operate and ship natural gas on an intrastate basis will not affect our operations in any way that is of material difference from those of our competitors.

Regulation of Transportation of Oil

Sales of crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids are not currently regulated and are made at negotiated prices. Nevertheless, Congress could reenact price controls in the future.

Our sales of crude oil are affected by the availability, terms and cost of transportation. The transportation of oil in common carrier pipelines is also subject to rate regulation. The FERC regulates interstate oil pipeline transportation rates under the Interstate Commerce Act. In general, interstate oil pipeline rates must be cost-based, although settlement rates agreed to by all shippers are permitted and market-based rates may be permitted in certain circumstances. Effective January 1, 1995, the FERC implemented regulations establishing an indexing system (based on inflation) for transportation rates for oil that allowed for an increase or decrease in the cost of transporting oil to the purchaser. A review of these regulations by the FERC in 2000 was successfully challenged on appeal by an association of oil pipelines. On remand, the FERC in February 2003 increased the index slightly, effective July 2001. Intrastate oil pipeline transportation rates are subject to regulation by state regulatory commissions. The basis for intrastate oil pipeline regulation, and the degree of regulatory oversight and scrutiny given to intrastate oil pipeline rates, varies from state to state. Insofar as effective interstate and intrastate rates are equally applicable to all comparable shippers, we believe that the regulation of oil transportation rates will not affect our operations in any way that is of material difference from those of our competitors.

Further, interstate and intrastate common carrier oil pipelines must provide service on a non-discriminatory basis. Under this open access standard, common carriers must offer service to all shippers requesting service on the same terms and under the same rates. When oil pipelines operate at full capacity, access is governed by prorationing provisions set forth in the pipelines’ published tariffs. Accordingly, we believe that access to oil pipeline transportation services generally will be available to us to the same extent as to our competitors.

Regulation of Production

The production of oil and natural gas is subject to regulation under a wide range of local, state and federal statutes, rules, orders and regulations. Federal, state and local statutes and regulations require permits for drilling operations, drilling bonds and reports concerning operations. All of the states in which we own and operate properties have regulations governing conservation matters, including provisions for the unitization or pooling of oil and natural gas properties, the establishment of maximum allowable rates of production from oil and natural gas wells, the regulation of well spacing, and plugging and abandonment of wells. The effect of these regulations is to limit the amount of oil and natural gas that we can produce from our wells and to limit the number of wells or the locations at which we can drill, although we can apply for exceptions to such regulations or to have reductions in well spacing. Moreover, each state generally imposes a production or severance tax with respect to the production and sale of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids within its jurisdiction.

Some of our offshore operations are conducted on federal leases that are administered by Minerals Management Service, or MMS, and are required to comply with the regulations and orders issued by MMS under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act. Among other things, we are required to obtain prior MMS approval for

- 62 -

any exploration plans we pursue and our development and production plans for these leases. MMS regulations also establish construction requirements for production facilities located on our federal offshore leases and govern the plugging and abandonment of wells and the removal of production facilities from these leases. Under limited circumstances, MMS could require us to suspend or terminate our operations on a federal lease.

MMS also establishes the basis for royalty payments due under federal oil and natural gas leases through regulations issued under applicable statutory authority. State regulatory authorities establish similar standards for royalty payments due under state oil and natural gas leases. The basis for royalty payments established by MMS and the state regulatory authorities is generally applicable to all federal and state oil and natural gas lessees. Accordingly, we believe that the impact of royalty regulation on our operations should generally be the same as the impact on our competitors.

The failure to comply with these rules and regulations can result in substantial penalties. Our competitors in the oil and natural gas industry are subject to the same regulatory requirements and restrictions that affect our operations.

Environmental Regulations

General. Our oil and natural gas exploration, development and production operations are subject to stringent federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Numerous governmental agencies, such as the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, also referred to as the “EPA,” issue regulations to implement and enforce such laws, which often require difficult and costly compliance measures that carry substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties or may result in injunctive relief for failure to comply. These laws and regulations may require the acquisition of a permit before drilling commences, restrict the types, quantities and concentrations of various materials that can be released into the environment in connection with drilling and production activities, limit or prohibit project siting, construction, or drilling activities on certain lands laying within wilderness, wetlands, ecologically sensitive and other protected areas, require remedial action to prevent pollution from former operations, such as plugging abandoned wells or closing pits, and impose substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. The EPA and analogous state agencies may delay or refuse the issuance of required permits or otherwise include onerous or limiting permit conditions that may have a significant adverse impact on our ability to conduct operations. The regulatory burden on the oil and natural gas industry increases the cost of doing business and consequently affects its profitability.

Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent and costly material handling, storage, transport, disposal or cleanup requirements could materially adversely affect our operations and financial position, as well as those of the oil and natural gas industry in general. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with current applicable environmental laws and regulations and have not experienced any material adverse effect from compliance with these environmental requirements, there is no assurance that this trend will continue in the future.

The environmental laws and regulations which have the most significant impact on the oil and natural gas exploration and production industry are as follows:

Superfund. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, also known as “CERCLA” or “Superfund,” and comparable state laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the “owner” or “operator” of a disposal site or sites where a release occurred and entities that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be subject to strict, joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural

- 63 -

resources and for the costs of certain health studies, and it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we may generate material that may fall within CERCLA’s definition of a “hazardous substance.” Consequently, we may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA or comparable state statutes for all or part of the costs required to clean up sites at which these materials have been disposed or released.

We currently own or lease, and in the past have owned or leased, properties that for many years have been used for the exploration and production of oil and natural gas. Although we and our predecessors have used operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other materials may have been disposed or released on, under, or from the properties owned or leased by us or on, under, or from other locations where these hydrocarbons and materials have been taken for disposal. In addition, many of these owned and leased properties have been operated by third parties whose management and disposal of hydrocarbons and materials were not under our control. Similarly, the disposal facilities where discarded materials are sent are also often operated by third parties whose waste treatment and disposal practices may not be adequate. While we only use what we consider to be reputable disposal facilities, we might not know of a potential problem if the disposal occurred before we acquired the property. Our properties, adjacent affected properties, the disposal sites, and the material itself may be subject to CERCLA and analogous state laws. Under these laws, we could be required:

• to remove or remediate previously disposed materials, including materials disposed or released by prior owners or operators or other third parties;

• to clean up contaminated property, including contaminated groundwater; or

• to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination, including the plugging and abandonment of wells drilled and left inactive by prior owners and operators.

At this time, we do not believe that we are a potentially responsible party with respect to any Superfund site and we have not been notified of any claim, liability or damages under CERCLA.

Oil Pollution Act. The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, also known as “OPA,” and regulations issued under OPA impose strict, joint and several liability on “responsible parties” for damages resulting from oil spills into or upon navigable waters, adjoining shorelines or in the exclusive economic zone of the United States. A “responsible party” includes the owner or operator of an onshore facility and the lessee or permittee of the area in which an offshore facility is located. The OPA establishes a liability limit for onshore facilities of $350 million while the liability limit for offshore facilities is the payment of all removal costs plus up to $75 million in other damages but these limits may not apply if a spill is caused by a party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, the spill resulted from violation of a federal safety, construction or operating regulation, or if a party fails to report a spill or to cooperate fully in a cleanup. The OPA also requires the lessee or permittee of the offshore area in which a covered offshore facility is located to establish and maintain evidence of financial responsibility in the amount of $35 million ($10 million if the offshore facility is located landward of the seaward boundary of a state) to cover liabilities related to an oil spill for which such person is statutorily responsible. The amount of financial responsibility required under OPA may be increased up to $150 million, depending on the risk represented by the quantity or quality of oil that is handled by the facility. Any failure to comply with OPA’s requirements or inadequate cooperation during a spill response action may subject a responsible party to administrative, civil or criminal enforcement actions. We believe we are in compliance with all applicable OPA financial responsibility obligations. Moreover, we are not aware of any action or event that would subject us to liability under OPA, and we believe that compliance with OPA’s financial responsibility and other operating requirements will not have a material adverse effect on us.

- 64 -

Resource Conservation Recovery Act. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, also known as “RCRA,” is the principal federal statute governing the treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes. RCRA imposes stringent operating requirements, and liability for failure to meet such requirements, on a person who is either a “generator” or “transporter” of hazardous waste or an “owner” or “operator” of a hazardous waste treatment, storage or disposal facility. RCRA and many state counterparts specifically exclude from the definition of hazardous waste “drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal energy” and thus we are not required to comply with a substantial portion of RCRA’s requirements because our operations generate minimal quantities of hazardous wastes. However, these wastes may be regulated by EPA or state agencies as solid waste. In addition, ordinary industrial wastes, such as paint wastes, waste solvents, laboratory wastes, and waste compressor oils, may be regulated as hazardous waste. Although we do not believe the current costs of managing our materials constituting wastes as they are presently classified to be significant, any repeal or modification of the oil and natural gas exploration and production exemption by administrative, legislative or judicial process, or modification of similar exemptions in analogous state statutes, would increase the volume of hazardous waste we are required to manage and dispose of and would cause us, as well as our competitors, to incur increased operating expenses.

Clean Water Act. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, or the Clean Water Act, imposes restrictions and controls on the discharge of produced waters and other pollutants into navigable waters. Permits must be obtained to discharge pollutants into state and federal waters and to conduct construction activities in waters and wetlands. Certain state regulations and the general permits issued under the Federal National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System program prohibit the discharge of produced water, sand, drilling fluids, drill cuttings and certain other substances related to the oil and natural gas industry into certain coastal and offshore waters. Further, the EPA has adopted regulations requiring certain oil and natural gas exploration and production facilities to obtain permits for storm water discharges. Costs may be associated with the treatment of wastewater or developing and implementing storm water pollution prevention plans. The Clean Water Act and comparable state statutes provide for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for unauthorized discharges of oil and other pollutants and impose liability on parties responsible for those discharges for the costs of cleaning up any environmental damage caused by the release and for natural resource damages resulting from the release. In furtherance of the Clean Water Act, the EPA promulgated the Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure, or SPCC, regulations, which require certain oil containing facilities to prepare plans and meet construction and operating standards. The SPCC regulations were revised in 2002 and will require the amendment of SPCC plans, if necessary to ensure compliance, in 2004 with the implementation of such amended plans in 2005. We believe that our operations comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Clean Water Act and state statutes enacted to control water pollution and that any amendment and subsequent implementation of our SPCC plans will be performed in a timely manner and not have a significant impact on our operations.

Clean Air Act. The Clean Air restricts the emission of air pollutants from many sources, including oil and natural gas operations. New facilities may be required to obtain permits before work can begin, and existing facilities may be required to obtain additional permits and incur capital costs in order to remain in compliance. More stringent regulations governing emissions of toxic air pollutants are being developed by the EPA, and may increase the costs of compliance for some facilities. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable air emissions regulations and that we hold or have applied for all permits necessary to our operations.

Consideration of Environmental Issues in Connection with Governmental Approvals. Our operations frequently require licenses, permits and/or other governmental approvals. Several federal statutes, including the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, the National Environmental Policy Act, and the Coastal Zone Management Act require federal agencies to evaluate environmental issues in connection with granting such approvals and/or taking other major agency actions. The Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, for instance, requires the U.S. Department of Interior to evaluate whether certain proposed activities would cause serious harm or damage to the marine, coastal or human environment. Similarly, the National Environmental Policy Act requires the

- 65 -

Department of Interior and other federal agencies to evaluate major agency actions having the potential to significantly impact the environment. In the course of such evaluations, an agency would have to prepare an environmental assessment and, potentially, an environmental impact statement. The Coastal Zone Management Act, on the other hand, aids states in developing a coastal management program to protect the coastal environment from growing demands associated with various uses, including offshore oil and natural gas development. In obtaining various approvals from the Department of Interior, we must certify that we will conduct our activities in a manner consistent with these regulations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2003, we had 110 full-time employees, including five senior level geoscientists and fourteen petroleum engineers. Our employees are not represented by any labor union. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory, and have never experienced a work stoppage or strike.

- 66 -

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 10, 2004:

Name	Age	Position
James J. Volker	57	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
D. Sherwin Artus	66	Senior Vice President
James R. Casperson	56	Chief Financial Officer
James T. Brown	51	Vice President, Operations
John R. Hazlett	64	Vice President, Acquisitions and Land
Mark R. Williams	47	Vice President, Exploration and Development
Patricia J. Miller	66	Vice President of Human Resources and Corporate Secretary
Michael J. Stevens	38	Controller and Treasurer
Thomas L. Aller	54	Director
Graydon D. Hubbard	70	Director
J. B. Ladd	80	Director
Kenneth R. Whiting	76	Director

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. The following biographies describe the business experience of our executive officers and directors:

James J. Volker joined us in August 1983 as Vice President of Corporate Development and served in that position through April 1993. In March 1993, he became a contract consultant to us and served in that capacity until August 2000, at which time he became Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Volker was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer and a director in January 2002 and Chairman of the Board in January 2004. Mr. Volker was co-founder, Vice President and later President of Energy Management Corporation from 1971 through 1982. He has over thirty years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry. Mr. Volker has a degree in finance from the University of Denver, a MBA from the University of Colorado and has completed H. K. VanPoolen and Associates’ course of study in reservoir engineering.

D. Sherwin Artus joined us in January 1989 as Vice President of Operations and became Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in July 1999. In January 2000, he was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer and a director. In January 2002, he became Senior Vice President. He has been in the oil and natural gas business for forty years. Mr. Artus holds a Bachelor’s Degree in geologic engineering and a Master’s Degree in mining engineering from the South Dakota School of Mines and Technology.

James R. Casperson joined us in February 2000 as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer. From June 1985 to February 2000, he was founder and president of Casperson, Inc., a private consulting firm. Mr. Casperson has twenty-five years of financial and operational experience in the oil and natural gas industry. Mr. Casperson holds a Bachelor’s Degree from Texas Tech University.

James T. Brown joined us in May 1993 as a consulting engineer. In March 1999, he became Operations Manager and, in January 2000, he became Vice President of Operations. Mr. Brown has twenty-nine years of oil and natural gas experience in the Rocky Mountains, Gulf Coast, California and Alaska. Mr. Brown is a graduate of the University of Wyoming, with a Bachelor’s Degree in civil engineering and a MBA from the University of Denver.

- 67 -

John R. Hazlett joined us in January 1994 as Vice President of Land and Acquisitions. He has forty years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry as a land man and acquisitions team leader. Mr. Hazlett is a graduate of Ft. Hays State College in Hays, Kansas. Mr. Hazlett is a Certified Professional Landman.

Mark R. Williams joined us in December 1983 as Exploration Geologist, becoming Vice President of Exploration and Development in December 1999. He has twenty-two years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry and his areas of primary technical expertise are in sequence stratigraphy, seismic interpretation and petroleum economics. Mr. Williams is a graduate of the Colorado School of Mines with a Master’s Degree in geology and holds a Bachelor’s Degree in geology from the University of Utah.

Patricia J. Miller joined us in April 1980 as Corporate Secretary and as Secretary to our President, becoming Director of Human Resources in May 1994. In November 2001, she was appointed Vice President of Human Resources. Mrs. Miller attended business school at Otero Junior College in LaJunta, Colorado and at Texas A & I in Kingsville, Texas.

Michael J. Stevens joined us in May 2001 as Controller, and became Treasurer in January 2002. From 1993 until May 2001, he served as Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Secretary and Treasurer at Inland Resources Inc., a company engaged in oil and natural gas exploration and development. He spent seven years in public accounting with Coopers & Lybrand in Minneapolis, Minnesota. He is a graduate of Mankato State University of Minnesota and is a certified public accountant.

Thomas L. Aller has been a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation since 2003 and has served as a director of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation since 1997. Mr. Aller has served as Senior Vice President – Energy Delivery of Alliant Energy Corporation and President of Interstate Power and Light Company since January 2004. Prior to that, he served as President of Alliant Energy Investments, Inc. since April 1998 and interim Executive Vice President—Energy Delivery of Alliant Energy Corporation since September 2003. From 1993 to 1998, he served as Vice President of IES Investments. He received his Bachelor’s Degree in political science from Creighton University and his Master’s Degree in municipal administration from the University of Iowa.

Graydon D. Hubbard has served as a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation since September 2003. He is a retired certified public accountant and was a partner of Arthur Andersen LLP in its Denver office for more than five years prior to his retirement in November 1989. Since 1991, he has served as a director of Allied Motion Technologies Inc., a company engaged in the business of designing, manufacturing and selling motion control products. Mr. Hubbard is also an author. He received his Bachelor’s Degree in accounting from the University of Colorado.

J.B. Ladd has been a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation since 2003 and has served as a director of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation since its inception in 1980. He is an independent oil and natural gas operator with offices in Los Angeles, California and Denver, Colorado. He has over 50 years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry working for Texaco and Consolidated Oil and Gas, Inc. and as an independent oil and natural gas operator. He founded Ladd Petroleum Corporation in 1968, which was merged into Utah International in 1973 and later merged into General Electric Company in 1976. Mr. Ladd received a degree in petroleum engineering from the University of Kansas.

Kenneth R. Whiting has been a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation since 2003 and has served as a director of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation since its inception in 1980. He was President and Chief Executive Officer of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation from its inception until 1993, when he was appointed Vice President of International Business for IES Diversified. From 1978 to late 1979 he served as President of Webb Resources, Inc. He has many years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry, including his position as Executive Vice President of Ladd Petroleum Corporation. He was a partner and associate with Holme Roberts & Owen,

- 68 -

Attorneys at Law. Mr. Whiting received his Bachelor’s Degree in business from the University of Colorado and his J.D. from the University of Denver.

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Information. The following table sets forth certain information concerning the compensation earned each of the last two fiscal years by our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers whose total cash compensation exceeded $100,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. The persons named in the table are sometimes referred to in this prospectus as the “named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position	Year	Annual Compensation		All Other Compensation($)(2)
		Salary($)	Bonus($)(1)
James J. Volker Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	2003 2002	168,713 165,000	262,792 205,041	659,044 —
D. Sherwin Artus Senior Vice President	2003 2002	102,250 100,000	183,211 156,641	680,044 11,000
John R. Hazlett Vice President, Acquisitions and Land	2003 2002	115,952 112,050	139,133 114,941	653,042 11,000
Mark R. Williams Vice President, Exploration and Development	2003 2002	95,406 91,510	150,672 124,819	626,041 11,000
Patricia J. Miller Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Secretary	2003 2002	99,579 96,228	138,930 114,630	427,988 11,000

⁽¹⁾ Except for incentive bonuses to Mr. Volker of $54,788 for 2002 and $76,000 for 2003, all amounts presented under the Bonus column were paid under Whiting’s Production Participation Plan, which is allocated a specific percentage of net income with respect to certain oil and natural gas wells.

⁽²⁾ These amounts for 2003 consist of (i) matching contributions of $12,000 by Whiting under its 401(k) Employee Savings Plan to each of the named executive officers other than Mr. Volker, who received no matching contribution, and Ms. Miller, who received a matching contribution of $11,960, and (ii) payments valued at $659,044 to Mr. Volker, $668,044 to Mr. Artus, $641,042 to Mr. Hazlett, $614,041 to Mr. Williams and $416,028 to Ms. Miller pursuant to Whiting’s Phantom Equity Plan in connection with Whiting’s initial public offering in November 2003. After withholding for taxes, these payments were made in the form of shares of Whiting common stock resulting in the issuance of 25,052 shares to Mr. Volker, 25,394 shares to Mr. Artus, 24,368 shares to Mr. Hazlett, 23,341 shares to Mr. Williams and 15,814 shares to Ms. Miller. The Phantom Equity Plan terminated after the issuance of such shares.

Director Compensation

Directors who are our employees receive no compensation for service as members of either the Board or Board committees. Directors who are not our employees are paid an annual retainer of $20,000, an annual grant of $30,000 in restricted stock vesting ratably over a three year period and a fee of $1,500 for each Board meeting attended. Members of the Audit Committee will receive an additional cash annual retainer of $2,500 ($12,000 for the chairman) and a fee of $1,500 for each Audit Committee meeting attended. Members of other Board committees will receive an additional cash annual retainer of $1,000 ($5,000 for the chairman) and a fee of $1,000

- 69 -

for each such Board committee meeting attended. In addition, Mr. Whiting receives payments under our Production Participation Plan with respect to his vested plan interests relating to his employment with us from 1982 to 1993. Mr. Whiting was paid $26,679 under the Production Participation Plan for 2003. Mr. Aller receives no compensation for his service on the Board because he is an employee of Alliant Energy Corporation, our former parent company.

- 70 -

PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

Management and Directors. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of ourcommon stock as of March 10, 2004 by: (i) each of our directors; (ii) each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table set forth under “Management—Executive Compensation”; and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers (including the named executive officers) as a group. Each of the holders listed below has sole voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned.

Name of Beneficial Owner	Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned	Percent of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
James J. Volker	56,047	*
Thomas L. Aller	1,300	*
Graydon D. Hubbard	3,545	*
J. B. Ladd	13,545	*
Kenneth R. Whiting	1,545	*
D. Sherwin Artus	33,118	*
John R. Hazlett	32,092	*
Mark R. Williams	31,065	*
Patricia J. Miller	21,063	*
All directors, nominees and executive officers as a group (12 persons)	289,766	1.5	%

* Denotes less than 1%.

- 71 -

Other Beneficial Owners. The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership by the only other persons known to us to own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. The beneficial ownership information set forth below has been reported in filings made by the beneficial owners with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Amount and Nature of

Beneficial Ownership

	Voting Power		Investment Power		Aggregate	Percent of Class
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Sole	Shared	Sole	Shared
Wellington Management Company, LLP 75 State Street Boston, MA 02109	—	1,479,850	—	1,760,230	1,760,230	9.3	%
Alliant Energy Corporation (1) 4902 North Biltmore Lane Madison, WI 53718	1,080,000	—	1,080,000	—	1,080,000	5.7	%
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (2) 100 E. Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202	184,400	—	979,800	—	979,800	5.2	%

⁽¹⁾ Represents a joint filing by Alliant Energy Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Alliant Energy Resources, Inc.

⁽²⁾ These securities are owned by various individual and institutional investors for which T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. serves as investment adviser with power to direct investments and/or sole power to vote the securities. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. is deemed to be the beneficial owner of such securities; however, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. has expressly disclaimed beneficial ownership of such securities.

- 72 -

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following is information about our indebtedness other than indebtedness outstanding under the indenture. See “Description of the New Notes.”

Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation has a $350.0 million credit agreement with a syndicate of banks. At March 31, 2004, the borrowing base under the credit agreement was $210.0 million with an outstanding principal balance of $145.0 million. The borrowing base under the credit agreement is based on the collateral value of our proved reserves and is subject to redetermination on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The borrowing base of $210 million was reaffirmed on May 1, 2004; however, the borrowing base was reduced to $195.0 million on May 11, 2004 upon our issuance of the old notes. The credit agreement provides for interest only payments until December 20, 2005, when the entire amount borrowed is due. Interest accrues, at our option, at either (1) the base rate plus a margin where the base rate is defined as the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or the prime rate and the margin varies from 0.25% to 1.0% depending on the utilization percentage of the borrowing base, or (2) at the LIBOR rate plus a margin where the margin varies from 1.5% to 2.25% depending on the utilization percentage of the borrowing base. We have consistently chosen the LIBOR rate option since it delivers the lowest effective interest rate. Based on our borrowing base utilization percentage at March 31, 2004, the LIBOR margin was 1.75%. Commitment fees of 0.375% to 0.5% accrue on the unused portion of the borrowing base, depending on the utilization percentage, and are included as a component of interest expense. At March 31, 2004, all amounts outstanding under the credit agreement accrued interest at an annual rate of 2.95% fixed through August 6, 2004. The credit agreement has covenants that restrict the payment of cash dividends, borrowings, sale of assets, loans to others, investments, merger activity, hedging contracts, liens and certain other transactions without the prior consent of the lenders and requires us to maintain certain debt to EBITDAX (as defined in the credit agreement) ratios and a working capital ratio. In particular, while the credit agreement allows our subsidiaries to make payments to us so that we may pay interest on the old notes and the new notes, it does not allow our subsidiaries to make payments to us to pay principal on the old notes or the new notes. We were in compliance with our covenants under the credit agreement as of March 31, 2004. The credit agreement is secured by a first lien on substantially all of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s assets. Whiting Petroleum Corporation has guaranteed the obligations of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation under the credit agreement.

If our acquisition of Equity Oil Company closes, then we intend to incorporate into Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s existing credit agreement Equity’s outstanding debt under its credit facility, which was $29.0 million as of March 31, 2004. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Subsequent Event.” We will be required to amend Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement to permit this incorporation of debt.

We are currently in the process of executing an amended and restated credit agreement with the lenders under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s current credit agreement to (1) permit the incorporation of Equity Oil Company’s debt under its existing credit facility into Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement, (2) reaffirm our $195.0 million borrowing base, (3) increase the lenders’ total commitment under the credit agreement to $400.0 million and (3) extend the maturity of the credit agreement to May 2008 (four years from the date the amended and restated credit agreement closes).

In conjunction with our initial public offering in November 2003, we issued a promissory note payable to Alliant Energy in the aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 5%. All principal and interest on the promissory note are due on November 25, 2005.

- 73 -

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “—Certain Definitions.” In this description, the term “Company,” “us” or “we” refers only to Whiting Petroleum Corporation and not to any of its subsidiaries. The term “notes” refers to the old notes and the new notes collectively.

The old notes were, and the new notes will be, issued under and governed by an indenture, dated May 11, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. It does not restate that agreement in its entirety. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the notes. Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “—Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture.

The registered Holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders will have rights under the indenture.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees

The Notes. The notes:

• are general unsecured obligations of the Company;

• are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (as defined below) of the Company;

• are pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; and

• are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors on a senior subordinated basis.

The Subsidiary Guarantees. Initially, the notes are guaranteed by the Company’s only operating subsidiary, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, which we call “Whiting” in this description, and by one of the Company’s other existing subsidiaries.

Each guarantee of the notes:

• is a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor;

• is subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of that Guarantor; and

• is pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor.

- 74 -

As of March 31, 2004, after giving effect to the issuance of the old notes and the application of the net proceeds thereof as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” the Company (excluding its subsidiaries) would have had:

• total Senior Debt of approximately $3.1 million (excluding its guarantee of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement), consisting of a note payable;

• no other senior subordinated Indebtedness; and

• no Indebtedness contractually subordinated to the notes.

On the same basis, the Guarantors would have had:

• total Senior Debt of approximately $1.1 million consisting of borrowings under Whiting’s credit agreement;

• no other senior subordinated Indebtedness; and

• no Indebtedness contractually subordinated to their guarantees of the notes.

If the Company’s pending acquisition of Equity Oil Company is completed, then Whiting expects to refinance under its own credit facility the senior debt outstanding under Equity’s credit facility, which was approximately $29.0 million as of December 31, 2003.

As indicated above and as discussed in detail below under the caption “—Subordination,” payments on the notes and under these guarantees will be subordinated to the payment of Senior Debt. The indenture permits us and the Guarantors to incur additional Indebtedness, including additional Senior Debt.

Initially, not all of our existing subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. Furthermore, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Additional Subsidiary Guarantees,” in the future one or more of our newly created or acquired subsidiaries may not guarantee the notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, the non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. The non-guarantor subsidiaries have no outstanding Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness). They generated none of our consolidated revenues in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 and held less than 1% of our consolidated assets as of December 31, 2003.

As of the date of the indenture, all of our subsidiaries were “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” we are permitted to designate certain of our subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the indenture. Our Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

On May 11, 2004, the Company issued the old notes with an aggregate principal amount of $150 million. The Company may issue additional notes from time to time. Any offering of additional notes is subject to the covenant described below under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.” The notes and any additional notes subsequently issued under the indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Company will issue notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature on May 1, 2012.

- 75 -

Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 7 1/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1, commencing on November 1, 2004. The Company will make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15.

Interest on the notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company will pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that Holder’s notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their address set forth in the register of Holders.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar. The Company may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the notes, and the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the indenture. The registrar and the trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of notes. No services charge will be imposed by the Company, the trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes, but Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

Subsidiary Guarantees

Initially, Whiting and another of our wholly-owned Subsidiaries, Whiting Programs, Inc., will guarantee the notes. In the future, the notes will be guaranteed by each of the Company’s newly created or acquired Material Domestic Subsidiaries and by any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees its other Indebtedness. See “—Certain Covenants—Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.” These Subsidiary Guarantees will be joint and several obligations of the Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guarantor. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer and the New Notes—Any subsidiary guarantees of the notes may be further subordinated or avoided by a court.”

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

- 76 -

(2) either:

(a) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or other disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture substantially in the form specified in the indenture, under the notes, the indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee on terms set forth therein; or

(b) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture.

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture; or

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture; or

(3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture; or

(4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as described below under the caption “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or upon satisfaction and discharge of the indenture as described below under the caption “—Satisfaction and Discharge.”

See “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Subordination

The payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the indenture or thereafter incurred.

Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company:

(1) in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(2) in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property;

(3) in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(4) in any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities,

the holders of Senior Debt of the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not an allowable claim in any such proceeding) before the Holders of notes will be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the notes, and until all Obligations

- 77 -

with respect to such Senior Debt are paid in full in cash, any distribution to which the Holders of notes would be entitled shall be made to the holders of such Senior Debt (except, in each case, that Holders of notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from a trust described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”).

The Company also may not make any payment with respect to the notes (other than Permitted Junior Securities or from a trust described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”) if:

(1) a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or any other Obligation in respect of, any Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or

(2) any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of such Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity (or that would permit such holders to accelerate with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both) and the trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Company or the holders of such Designated Senior Debt.

Except as provided in the second preceding paragraph, payments on the notes may and will be resumed:

(1) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and

(2) in the case of a nonpayment default, upon the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.

No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Debt on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the trustee with respect to such Designated Senior Debt will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.

In the event that the trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the notes (other than Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance”) at a time when such payment is prohibited by these subordination provisions, such payment shall be held by the trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and will be paid over and delivered, as provided in the indenture, to the holders of Senior Debt or their proper representative.

The indenture further requires the Company to promptly notify holders of Designated Senior Debt if payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.

The Subsidiary Guarantee of each Guarantor will be subordinated to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor generally to the same extent and in the same manner as the notes are subordinated to the Senior Debt of the Company.

As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding of the Company, Holders of notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Company who are holders of its Senior Debt. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer and

- 78 -

the New Notes—The new notes and the subsidiary guarantees are subordinated to the senior debt of us and the subsidiary guarantors, respectively, and are effectively subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ secured debt.”

Optional Redemption

At any time prior to May 1, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture at a redemption price of 107.25% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company, provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and

(2) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to May 1, 2008.

On and after May 1, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a part of the notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	Percentage
2008	103.6250	%
2009	101.8125	%
2010 and thereafter	100.0000	%

Selection and Notice

If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee will select notes for redemption as follows:

(1) if the notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the notes are listed; or

(2) if the notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis.

No notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.

- 79 -

If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that note will state the portion of the principal amount of that note that is to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the name of the Holder of notes upon cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Mandatory Redemption

Except as set forth below under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders,” the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes or to repurchase the notes at the option of the Holders.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes repurchased, to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase notes as of the Change of Control Purchase Date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and described in such notice.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the indenture by virtue of such conflict.

On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Settlement Date the Company will:

(1) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and

(2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased by the Company.

On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the paying agent will mail to each Holder of notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such notes (or, if all the notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of DTC), and the trustee will authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes

- 80 -

surrendered, if any; provided that each new note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant, but in any event no later than the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of notes required by this covenant.

The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of notes to require the Company to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Asset Sales

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

(2) the fair market value is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee; and

(3) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and

- 81 -

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion.

Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following:

(I) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(II) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more other Persons primarily engaged in the Oil and Gas Business, and, for this purpose, a division or line of business of a Person shall be treated as a separate Person;

(III) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of one or more other Persons primarily engaged in the Oil and Gas Business;

(IV) to make one or more capital expenditures; or

(V) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

On the 361st day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of notes, and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of settlement, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the indenture by virtue of such conflict.

The Company’s Credit Agreement will prohibit the Company from purchasing any notes, and also provides that certain change of control or asset sale events with respect to the Company would constitute a default or require repayment of the Senior Debt. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior

- 82 -

Debt to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control or Asset Sale occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing notes, the Company could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of notes.

Certain Covenants

Restricted Payments

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;” and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (6) and (7) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from April 1, 2004 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for

- 83 -

which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company (including the fair market value of any Additional Assets to the extent acquired in consideration of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) since the date of the indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of the indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus

(d) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such fair market value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

(4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or plan, stock option agreement or similar agreement or plan; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $1.0 million in any twelve-month period;

(6) the acquisition of Equity Interests by the Company in connection with the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise;

- 84 -

(7) the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Capital Stock in connection with any transaction otherwise permitted under this covenant; or

(8) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the date of the indenture not to exceed $10.0 million.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (excluding any Restricted Payment described in the preceding clause (2), (3), (4), (6) or (7)) the Company will deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this “Restricted Payments” covenant were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by the indenture. For purposes of determining compliance with this “Restricted Payments” covenant, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in the preceding clauses (1) – (8), the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), neither the Company nor any Guarantor will issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not permit any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness (including letters of credit) under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (a) $210.0 million and (b) 15% of ACNTA as of the date of such incurrence;

(2) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees;

- 85 -

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (2) or (3) of this paragraph or this clause (5);

(6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the notes, or if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor another Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor; and

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations;

(8) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant;

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(10) the incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt, provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not permitted by this clause (10);

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each other than an obligation for money borrowed);

(12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum aggregate liability

- 86 -

in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant. Any indebtedness under Credit Facilities on the date of the indenture shall be considered incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued.

No Senior Subordinated Debt

The Company will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in any respect in right of payment to the notes. No Guarantor will incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in any respect in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee.

Liens

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, is secured on an equal and ratable basis (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

- 87 -

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of the indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of the indenture;

(2) the indenture, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

(3) applicable law;

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;

(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, agreements respecting Permitted Business Investments and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

- 88 -

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the notes, the indenture and the registration rights agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;

(3) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;” and

(5) the Company shall have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the indenture.

Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of a Person.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(2) the Company delivers to the trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors

- 89 -

set forth in an officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a written opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

(1) any employment or severance agreement or other employee compensation agreement, arrangement or plan, or any amendment thereto, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person;

(4) payment of reasonable directors’ fees and other benefits to persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

(5) provision of officers’ and directors’ indemnification and insurance in the ordinary course of business to the extent permitted by law;

(6) transactions with any Income Fund Partnership in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(7) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company; and

(8) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments.”

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Restricted Payments” or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant

- 90 -

described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Material Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the indenture, or if any Restricted Subsidiary that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company after such date, then in either case that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture and delivering it to the trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created or guaranteed Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to Subsidiaries of the Company that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the indenture for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

(1) the Company or that Guarantor, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “—Liens;”

(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

(3) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Business Activities

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the Oil and Gas Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Reports

Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing), and the Company will furnish to the trustee and, upon its request, to any of the Holders of notes, within five Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the Commission:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial and other information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K

- 91 -

if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

In addition, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

Each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

(2) default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;

(3) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described under the captions “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments,” “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” or “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;”

(4) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described under the captions “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control;”

(5) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture;

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the indenture, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

- 92 -

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

(7) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed (including a stay pending appeal) for a period of 60 days after the date of such final judgment (or, if later, the date when payment is due pursuant to such judgment);

(8) except as permitted by the indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(9) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in the indenture with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, with respect to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

Holders of the notes may not enforce the indenture or the notes except as provided in the indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes may direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default from Holders of the notes if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the notes.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding by notice to the trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the notes.

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the notes on or after May 1, 2008 pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to May 1, 2008 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the notes prior to that date, then the premium specified in the indenture with respect to the first year that the notes may be redeemed at the Company’s option (other than with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering) will also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the notes.

The Company is required to deliver to the trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

- 93 -

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the notes, the indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Subsidiary Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, and interest or premium, if any, on such notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the indenture.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events) described under “—Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes. If the Company exercises either its Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the notes (other than the trust) will be released.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding notes on the date of fixed maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the notes are being defeased to the date of fixed maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that:

(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

- 94 -

(b) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the day of deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Company must have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit (or, if any Holder or Beneficial Owner of notes is an insider of the Company, such later date as counsel may specify in such opinion), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

(7) the Company must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

(8) the Company must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next three succeeding paragraphs, the indenture or the notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes).

Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

- 95 -

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any note;

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5) make any note payable in currency other than that stated in the notes;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the notes (other than as permitted in clause (7) below);

(7) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the indenture; or

(9) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions.

In addition, any amendment or supplement to, or waiver of, the provisions of the indenture relating to subordination that adversely affects the rights of the Holders of the notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in principal amount of notes then outstanding.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any Holder of notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets;

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any Holder, provided that any change to conform the indenture to this offering memorandum will not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any holder;

(5) to secure the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of the covenant described above under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Liens;”

(6) to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture;

(7) to add any additional Guarantor or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the indenture;

- 96 -

(8) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or

(9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the indenture of a successor trustee.

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Beneficial Owner or Holder of any notes for or as an inducement to any consent to any waiver, supplement or amendment of any terms or provisions of the indenture or the notes, unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Beneficial Owners and Holders of the notes which so consent in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the notes and as otherwise specified in the indenture), when:

(1) either:

(a) all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable within one year by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of fixed maturity or redemption;

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture; and

(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at fixed maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

- 97 -

Concerning the Trustee

If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, the indenture limits its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Trust Indenture Act) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any Holder of notes, unless such Holder has offered to the trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The indenture, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this offering memorandum may obtain a copy of the indenture and registration rights agreement without charge by writing to Whiting Petroleum Corporation, 1700 Broadway, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80290-2300, Attention: Controller and Treasurer.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Except as set forth below, notes will be represented by one or more permanent, global notes in registered form without interest coupons (the “Global Notes”).

The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co., in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may be held through the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”) (as indirect participants in DTC).

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Certificated Notes except in the limited circumstances described below. See “—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes.

Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change from time to time.

- 98 -

Depository Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

(1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the initial purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

(2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes).

Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants in DTC’s system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants in such system. Euroclear and Clearstream may hold interests in the Global Notes on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems.

The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of an interest in the Global Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Certificated Notes and will not be considered the registered owners or “Holders” thereof under the indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the

- 99 -

indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the Company and the trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the trustee nor any agent of the Company or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised us that its current practice, at the due date of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes, is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the notes as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or the Company. Neither the Company nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Company and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

Cross-market transfers between the Participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for definitive notes in registered certificated form (“Certificated Notes”), and to distribute such notes to its Participants.

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. None of the Company, the trustee or any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the

- 100 -

performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000, if:

(1) DTC (a) notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and in either event the Company fails to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days; or

(2) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default and DTC notifies the trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Note for Certificated Notes.

Beneficial interests in a Global Note also may be exchanged for Certificated Notes in the limited other circumstances permitted by the indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The Company will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. The notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised us that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

- 101 -

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“ACNTA” (Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets) means (without duplication), as of the date of determination:

(1) the sum of:

(a) discounted future net revenue from proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal income taxes, as estimated in a reserve report prepared as of the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, which reserve report is prepared or reviewed by independent petroleum engineers as to reserves accounting for at least 80% of all such discounted future net revenue and by the Company’s petroleum engineers with respect to any other such reserves covered by such report, as increased by, as of the date of determination, the discounted future net revenue from:

(i) estimated proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to acquisitions consummated since the date of such year-end reserve report, and

(ii) estimated crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to extensions, discoveries and other additions and upward determinations of estimates of proved crude oil and natural gas reserves (including previously estimated development costs incurred during the period and the accretion of discount since the prior year end) due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities which reserves were not reflected in such year-end reserve report,

in each case calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such year-end reserve report), and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the discounted future net revenue attributable to

(iii) estimated proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such year-end reserve report produced or disposed of since the date of such year-end reserve report and

(iv) reductions in the estimated proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such year-end reserve report since the date of such year-end reserve report attributable to downward determinations of estimates of proved crude oil and natural gas reserves due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities conducted or otherwise occurring since the date of such year-end reserve report,

in each case calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such year-end reserve report); provided, however, that, in the case of each of the determinations made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv), such increases and decreases shall be as estimated by the Company’s engineers, except that if as a result of such acquisitions, dispositions, discoveries, extensions or revisions, there is a Material Change, then such increases and decreases in the discounted future net revenue shall be confirmed in writing by an independent petroleum engineer;

(b) the capitalized costs that are attributable to crude oil and natural gas properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which no proved crude oil and natural gas reserves are attributed,

- 102 -

based on the Company’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest annual or quarterly financial statements;

(c) the Net Working Capital on a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest annual or quarterly financial statements; and

(d) the greater of (I) the net book value on a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest annual or quarterly financial statements and (II) the appraised value, as estimated by independent appraisers, of other tangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest audited financial statements;

(2) minus, to the extent not otherwise taken into account in the immediately preceding clause (1), the sum of:

(a) minority interests;

(b) any net gas balancing liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in the Company’s latest audited financial statements;

(c) the discounted future net revenue, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the same prices utilized in the Company’s year-end reserve report), attributable to reserves subject to participation interests, overriding royalty interests or other interests of third parties, pursuant to participation, partnership, vendor financing or other agreements then in effect, or which otherwise are required to be delivered to third parties;

(d) the discounted future net revenue, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the same prices utilized in the Company’s year-end reserve report), attributable to reserves that are required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto; and

(e) the discounted future net revenue, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments that, based on the estimates of production included in determining the discounted future net revenue specified in the immediately preceding clause (1)(a) (utilizing the same prices utilized in the Company’s year-end reserve report), would be necessary to satisfy fully the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto.

If the Company changes its method of accounting for its oil and gas properties from the successful efforts method to the full cost method or a similar method of accounting, ACNTA will continue to be calculated as if the Company were still using the successful efforts method of accounting.

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

- 103 -

“Additional Assets” means:

(1) any assets used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business;

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (2) or (3) is primarily engaged in the Oil and Gas Business.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

“Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a Production Payment or sale and leaseback transaction); provided that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value of less than $2.5 million;

(2) a transfer of assets between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other properties or assets in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, any abandonment, farm-in, farm-out, lease or sublease of any oil and gas properties or the forfeiture or other disposition of such properties pursuant to standard form operating agreements, in each case in the ordinary course of business in a manner customary in the Oil and Gas Business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

- 104 -

(6) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” or a Permitted Investment;

(7) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of oil and gas properties or other properties or assets for oil and gas properties or other properties or assets owned or held by another Person, provided that the fair market value of the properties or assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together with any cash) is reasonably equivalent to the fair market value of the properties or assets (together with any cash) to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and provided further that any net cash received must be applied in accordance with the provisions described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

(8) the creation or perfection of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the properties or assets subject to such Lien);

(9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(10) the disposition of any of the 390,000 shares of Capital Stock of Delta Petroleum Corporation held by the Company as of the date of the indenture.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings.

“Board of Directors” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the trustee.

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in Denver, Colorado or in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

- 105 -

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

“Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and in each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and

(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

- 106 -

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

“Commission” or “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (excluding any interest attributable to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments but including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) depreciation, depletion and amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, depletion and amortization, impairment and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(5) unrealized non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business; minus (to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income):

(7) the sum of (x) the amount of deferred revenues that are amortized during such period and are attributable to reserves that are subject to Volumetric Production Payments and (y) amounts recorded in accordance with GAAP as repayments of principal and interest pursuant to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

- 107 -

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members;

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

(4) income resulting from transfers of assets (other than cash) between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and an Unrestricted Subsidiary, on the other hand, will be excluded;

(5) any write-downs of non-current assets will be excluded; provided that any ceiling limitation write-downs under Commission guidelines shall be treated as capitalized costs, as if such write-downs had not occurred; and

(6) any unrealized non-cash gains or losses or charges in respect of hedge or non-hedge derivatives (including those resulting from the application of FAS 133) will be excluded.

In addition, notwithstanding the preceding, for the purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any nonrecurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election.

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2002, among Whiting, the financial institutions parties thereto, Bank One, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, providing for revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or secured capital markets financings, in each case with banks or other

- 108 -

institutional lenders or institutional investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from (or sell receivables to) such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or secured capital markets financings, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including refinancing with any capital markets transaction) in whole or in part from time to time.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Senior Debt” means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facilities; and

(2) any other Senior Debt permitted under the indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that is from time to time designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.”

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a primary basis by the Company after the date of the indenture.

“Exchange Notes” means the notes issued in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the indenture.

“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement which is considered incurred under the first paragraph under the covenant entitled “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”) in existence on the date of the indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the applicable

- 109 -

four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period.

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, subsequent to the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of such period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto);

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; and

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (excluding any interest attributable to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments but including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus

(2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

(4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

- 110 -

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was not formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and that conducts substantially all of its operations outside the United States.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the date of the indenture.

The term “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a correlative meaning.

“Guarantors” means each of:

(1) Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation and Whiting Programs, Inc., each a Delaware corporation; and

(2) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the indenture;

and their respective successors and assigns.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person incurred in the normal course of business and consistent with past practices and not for speculative purposes under:

(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation;

(2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one of more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred and not for purposes of speculation;

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in the price of oil, natural gas or other commodities used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“Income Fund Partnerships” means Whiting-Park Production Partnership, Ltd., Whiting-Madison Production Partnership, Ltd. and Whiting 1988 Production Limited Partnership, Ltd., each a Texas limited partnership.

- 111 -

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) in respect of borrowed money;

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person (including, with respect to any Production Payment, any warranties or guarantees of production or payment by such Person with respect to such Production Payment, but excluding other contractual obligations of such Person with respect to such Production Payment). Subject to the preceding sentence, neither Dollar-Denominated Production Payments nor Volumetric Production Payments shall be deemed to be Indebtedness.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

(2) in the case of any Hedging Obligation, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such date; and

(3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment made by the Company or

- 112 -

such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person on the date of any such acquisition in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.”

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement not intended as a security agreement.

“Material Change” means an increase or decrease (excluding changes that result solely from changes in prices and changes resulting from the incurrence of previously estimated future development costs) of more than 25% during a fiscal quarter in the discounted future net revenues from proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with clause (1)(a) of the definition of ACNTA; provided, however, that the following will be excluded from the calculation of Material Change:

(1) any acquisitions during the fiscal quarter of oil and gas reserves that have been estimated by independent petroleum engineers and with respect to which a report or reports of such engineers exist; and

(2) any disposition of properties existing at the beginning of such fiscal quarter that have been disposed of in compliance with the covenant described under “ —Repurchase of the Option of Holders —Assets Sales.”

“Material Domestic Subsidiary” means any one Domestic Subsidiary, or any group of two or more Domestic Subsidiaries, that is not a Guarantor at the time of determination and that at such time has either assets or quarterly revenues in excess of 3.0% of the consolidated assets or quarterly revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case based upon the most recent quarterly financial statements available to the Company.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:

(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale,

- 113 -

(2) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,

(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than under the Credit Facilities, secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and

(4) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

“Net Working Capital” means:

(1) all current assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, minus

(2) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except current liabilities included in Indebtedness;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) is the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto.

“Oil and Gas Business” means:

(1) the acquisition, exploration, development, operation and disposition of interests in oil, natural gas and other hydrocarbon properties;

(2) the gathering, marketing, treating, processing (but not refining), storage, selling and transporting of any production from those interests; and

(3) any activity necessary, appropriate or incidental to the activities described above.

- 114 -

“Permitted Business Investments” means Investments made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business, including through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements that permit one to share risk or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of the Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including without limitation:

(1) direct or indirect ownership of crude oil, natural gas, other related hydrocarbon and mineral properties or any interest therein or gathering, transportation, processing, storage or related systems; and

(2) the entry into operating agreements, joint ventures, processing agreements, working interests, royalty interests, mineral leases, farm-in agreements, farm-out agreements, development agreements, production sharing agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas and related hydrocarbons and minerals, unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), or other similar or customary agreements, transactions, properties, interests or arrangements and Investments and expenditures in connection therewith or pursuant thereto, in each case made or entered into in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business, excluding, however, Investments in corporations and publicly-traded limited partnerships.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales;”

(5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under the “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant;

(8) Permitted Business Investments; and

- 115 -

(9) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.5% of ACNTA.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor; or

(2) debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to the indenture.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(1) Liens securing any Indebtedness under any of the Credit Facilities or any other Senior Debt;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

(5) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness and proceeds and products thereof;

(6) Liens existing on the date of the indenture; and

(7) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith);

- 116 -

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

(4) such Indebtedness is not incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the Company is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; provided, however, that a Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor may guarantee Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Company, whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary was an obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities pursuant to the covenant “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” shall be subject only to the refinancing provision in the definition of Credit Facilities and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

“Production Payments” means, collectively, Dollar-Denominated Production Payments and Volumetric Production Payments.

“Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth for such term in the applicable registration rights agreement.

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Senior Debt” means

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;

(2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of the indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include:

(a) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

- 117 -

(b) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the indenture.

For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the indenture.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or through another Subsidiary, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof), but only if such Person and its Subsidiaries are entitled to receive more than 20% of the assets of such partnership upon its dissolution.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee by a Guarantor of the Company’s payment Obligations under the indenture and on the notes.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Whiting) that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant

- 118 -

described above under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Restricted Payments.” If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “—Certain Covenants—Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,” the Company will be in default of such covenant.

“Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all related undertakings and obligations.

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

- 119 -

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This summary is of a general nature and is included herein solely for informational purposes. It is not intended to be, nor should it be construed as being, legal or tax advice. No representation with respect to the consequences to any particular purchaser of the new notes is made. Prospective purchasers should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer to holders of the old notes. The discussion does not consider the aspects of the ownership and disposition of the old notes or the new notes. A discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the notes is contained in the offering memorandum with respect to the old notes.

The following summary deals only with notes held as capital assets by purchasers at the issue price who are U.S. holders and not with special classes of holders, such as dealers in securities or currencies, financial institutions, partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, life insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, persons holding senior notes as part of a hedge, conversion, constructive sale transaction, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, and persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Persons considering the exchanging old notes for new notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning these matters and as to the tax treatment under foreign, state and local tax laws and regulations. We cannot provide any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not challenge the conclusions stated below. We have not sought and will not seek a ruling from the IRS on any of the matters discussed below.

This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, Treasury Regulations, IRS rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Changes in this area of law may be applied retroactively in a manner that could cause the income tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below, possibly adversely affecting a U.S. holder. The authorities on which this discussion is based are subject to various interpretations, and it is therefore possible that the federal income tax treatment of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes may differ from the treatment described below

The exchange of old notes for the new notes under the terms of the exchange offer should not constitute a taxable exchange. As a result:

• A holder should not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging old notes for the new notes under the terms of the exchange offer;

• The holder’s holding period of the new notes should include the holding period of the old notes exchanged for the new notes; and

• A holder’s adjusted tax basis in the new notes should be the same as the adjusted tax basis, immediately before the exchange, of the old notes exchanged for the new notes.

- 120 -

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                 , 2004, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of new notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The accompanying letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the accompanying letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

- 121 -

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the new notes and guarantees will be passed upon by Foley & Lardner LLP.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The consolidated financial statements of Whiting Petroleum Corporation as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a change in Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s method of accounting for asset retirement obligations effective January 1, 2003) and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

INDEPENDENT OIL AND GAS CONSULTANTS

The estimated reserve evaluations and related calculations of Cawley Gillespie & Associates, Inc., R. A. Lenser & Associates, Inc. and Ryder Scott Company, L.P., each independent petroleum engineering consultants, included in this prospectus have been included in reliance on the authority of said firms as experts in petroleum engineering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document that we file at the SEC’s public reference room at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, Washington, DC 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and its copy charges. You may also request a copy of any of these filings, at no cost, by writing to: Corporate Secretary, Whiting Petroleum Corporation, 1700 Broadway, Suite 2300, Denver, Colorado 80290-2300.

- 122 -

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and as of March 31, 2004 (unaudited)	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and for the Three Months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and for the Three Months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and for the Three Months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of

Whiting Petroleum Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Whiting Petroleum Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, in 2003 the Company changed its method of accounting for asset retirement obligations to conform to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

February 25, 2004

Denver, Colorado

F-2

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2002 AND AS OF MARCH 31, 2004 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	March 31, 2004			December 31,
				2003			2002
	(unaudited)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	16,379		$	53,585		$	4,833
Accounts receivable trade		25,785			24,020			22,509
Income taxes and other receivables		—			—			8,162
Prepaid expenses and other		5,003			2,666			3,542
Total current assets		47,167			80,271			39,046
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
Oil and gas properties, successful efforts method:
Proved properties		626,283			615,764			553,902
Unproved properties		2,031			1,637			1,593
Other property and equipment		2,856			2,684			3,454
Total property and equipment		631,170			620,085			558,949
Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization		(203,143	)		(192,794	)		(154,352	)
Property and equipment—net		428,027			427,291			404,597
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS		11,967			9,988			4,825
DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSET		11,390			18,735
TOTAL	$	498,551		$	536,285		$	448,468

(Continued)

F-3

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2002 AND AS OF MARCH 31, 2004 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	March 31, 2004			December 31,
				2003			2002
	(unaudited)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	11,072		$	15,918		$	8,474
Oil and gas sales payable		2,606			2,406			903
Accrued employee benefits		1,673			5,275			4,259
Production taxes payable		2,550			2,574			2,137
Derivative liability		650			2,145			3,300
Income taxes and other liabilities		227			693			585
Total current liabilities		18,778			29,011			19,658
DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITY		—			—			28,235
ABANDONMENT LIABILITY		23,326			23,021			4,232
PRODUCTION PARTICIPATION PLAN LIABILITY		7,678			7,868			8,053
TAX SHARING LIABILITY		29,390			28,790			—
LONG-TERM DEBT		148,055			188,017			265,472
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Common stock, $.001 par value; 75,000,000 authorized, 18,842,171, 18,750,000 and 18,750,000 issued and outstanding, respectively		19			19			19
Additional paid-in capital		172,307			170,367			53,219
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		1,820			(223	)		(1,550	)
Deferred compensation		(1,875	)		—			—
Retained earnings		99,053			89,415			71,130
Total stockholders’ equity		271,324			259,578			122,818
TOTAL	$	498,551		$	536,285		$	448,468

See notes to consolidated financial statements. (Concluded)

F-4

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Three-Month Periods Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001
	(unaudited)
REVENUES:
Oil and gas sales	$	47,636		$	49,483		$	175,731		$	122,709		$	125,286
Gain (loss) on oil and gas hedging activities		(1,015	)		(6,658	)		(8,680	)		(3,184	)		2,266
Gain on sale of oil and gas properties		—			—			—			978			11,698
Interest income and other		99			21			330			9			205
Total		46,720			42,846			167,381			120,512			139,455
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Lease operating		10,549			10,714			43,213			32,867			29,767
Production taxes		3,006			3,020			10,691			7,363			6,482
Depreciation, depletion and amortization		10,729			10,599			41,256			43,601			26,904
Exploration		418			163			3,186			1,811			793
General and administrative		4,001			3,189			12,805			11,980			10,939
Phantom equity plan		—			—			10,914			—			—
Interest expense		2,319			3,226			9,177			10,938			10,233
Total costs and expenses		31,022			30,911			131,242			108,560			85,118
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE		15,698			11,935			36,139			11,952			54,337
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT):
Current		—			650			2,389			(6,408	)		1,815
Deferred		6,060			3,821			11,560			10,631			11,279
Total income tax expense		6,060			4,471			13,949			4,223			13,094
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS		9,638			7,464			22,190			7,729			41,243
CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE		—			(3,905	)		(3,905	)		—			—
NET INCOME	$	9,638		$	3,559		$	18,285		$	7,729		$	41,243
Earnings per share from continuing operations, basic and diluted	$	0.51		$	0.40		$	1.18		$	0.41		$	2.20
Cumulative change in accounting principle		—			(0.21	)		(0.20	)		—			—
NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE, BASIC AND DILUTED	$	0.51		$	0.19		$	0.98		$	0.41		$	2.20
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING, BASIC AND DILUTED		18,753			18,750			18,750			18,750			18,750

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Deferred Compensation			Total Stockholders’ Equity			Comprehensive Income
	Shares	Amount
BALANCES—January 1, 2001	18,750	$	19	$	47,856		$	22,158	$	15		$	—		$	70,048		$	—
Net income	—		—		—			41,243		—			—			41,243			41,243
Unrealized net gain on marketable securities for sale	—		—		—			—		88			—			88			88
Reclass to earnings	—		—		—			—		87			—			87			87
BALANCES—December 31, 2001	18,750		19		47,856			63,401		190			—			111,466		$	41,418
Net income	—		—		—			7,729		—			—			7,729		$	7,729
Unrealized net gain on marketable securities for sale	—		—		—			—		240			—			240			240
Tax contribution from Alliant	—		—		5,363			—		—			—			5,363			—
Change in derivative instrument fair value	—		—		—			—		(1,980	)		—			(1,980	)		(1,980	)
BALANCES—December 31, 2002	18,750		19		53,219			71,130		(1,550	)		—			122,818		$	5,989
Net income	—		—		—			18,285		—			—			18,285		$	18,285
Unrealized net gain on marketable securities for sale	—		—		—			—		664			—			664			664
Change in derivative instrument fair value	—		—		—			—		663			—			663			663
Conversion of Alliant note payable to equity	—		—		80,931			—		—			—			80,931			—
Issuance of note payable	—		—		(3,000	)		—		—			—			(3,000	)		—
Phantom equity plan contribution	—		—		10,666			—		—			—			10,666			—
Tax basis step-up	—		—		28,551			—		—			—			28,551			—
BALANCES—December 31, 2003	18,750		19		170,367			89,415		(223	)		—			259,578		$	19,612
Net income (unaudited)	—		—		—			9,638		—			—			9,638		$	9,638
Unrealized net gain on marketable securities for sale (unaudited)	—		—		—			—		1,126			—			1,126			1,126
Change in derivative instrument fair value (unaudited)	—		—		—			—		917			—			917			917
Deferred compensation stock issued (unaudited)	92		—		(1,940	)		—		—			(1,940	)		—			—
Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited)	—		—		—			—		—			65			65			—
BALANCES—March 31, 2004 (unaudited)	18,842	$	19	$	172,307		$	99,053	$	1,820		$	(1,875	)	$	271,324		$	11,681

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Three-Month Periods Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2004			2003			2003			2002			2001
	(unaudited)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	9,638		$	3,559		$	18,285		$	7,729		$	41,243
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Gain on sale of oil and gas properties		—			—			—			(978	)		(11,700	)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization		10,729			10,599			41,256			43,601			35,902
Deferred income taxes		6,060			3,821			11,560			10,631			11,288
Amortization of debt issuance costs		282			300			1,091			71			—
Accretion of tax sharing agreement		600			—			220			—			—
Phantom equity plan		—			—			6,510			—			—
Amortization of deferred compensation		65			—			—			—			—
Cumulative change in accounting principle		—			3,905			3,905			—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		(1,765	)		(9,603	)		(307	)		(1,129	)		2,165
Income taxes and other receivable		—			1,526			3,814			1,538			(5,670	)
Other assets		(2,342	)		2,143			295			(1,229	)		315
Abandonment liability		(75	)		(64	)		(147	)		(48	)		(8,997	)
Production participation plan		(3,426	)		(2,550	)		651			1,685			1,473
Other current liabilities		(5,464	)		1,977			9,229			710			(3,672	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		14,302			15,613			96,362			62,581			62,347
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures		(11,508	)		(5,201	)		(47,555	)		(165,443	)		(99,621	)
Acquisition of partnership interests, net of cash received		—			—			(4,453	)		—			—
Proceeds from sale of properties		—			—			—			1,534			19,570
Restricted cash		—			—			—			6,434			(6,434	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(11,508	)		(5,201	)		(52,008	)		(157,475	)		(86,485	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Advances (repayments) from Alliant, net		—			460			4,616			(83,119	)		23,869
Payment on long-term debt		(40,000	)		—			—			—			—
Proceeds from bank loan		—			—			—			185,000			—
Debt issuance costs		—			(83	)		(218	)		(3,171	)		—
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities		(40,000	)		377			4,398			98,710			23,869
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(37,206	)		10,789			48,752			3,816			(269	)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period		53,585			4,833			4,833			1,017			1,286
End of period	$	16,379		$	15,622		$	53,585		$	4,833		$	1,017
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes	$	499		$	3		$	(1,425	)	$	(7,946	)	$	8,586
Cash paid for interest	$	1,612		$	2,466		$	6,464		$	10,866		$	10,233
NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Alliant debt converted to equity		—			80,931			80,931			—			—

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Operations—Whiting Petroleum Corporation (“Whiting” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation that prior to its initial public offering in November 2003 was a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Alliant Energy Corporation (“Alliant Energy” or “Alliant”), a holding company whose primary businesses are utility companies. Just prior to the public offering of our common stock by Alliant Energy, the Company in effect split its common stock, issuing 18,330 shares for the 1 previously held by Alliant Energy. Alliant Energy historically provided the Company with cash management and other services. Whiting acquires, develops and explores for producing oil and gas properties primarily in the Gulf Coast/Permian Basin, Rocky Mountains, Michigan, and Mid-Continent regions of the United States.

Unaudited Periods—The financial information with respect to the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, such information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such period. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full fiscal year.

Basis of Presentation of Consolidated Financial Statements—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Whiting and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, together with its pro rata share of the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses of limited partnerships in which Whiting is the sole general partner. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make significant estimates. These estimates are an integral part of the financial statements and actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain estimates associated with the carrying amount of oil and gas properties are particularly sensitive to changes in pricing, production rates and cost. A decline in the price of oil or gas or rate of production or increase in costs associated with the operations of oil and gas properties could adversely impact the economic value of the oil and gas properties.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash equivalents consist of money market accounts and investments which have an original maturity of three months or less.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and payable are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The related party debt and bank loan

F-8

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

have a recorded value that approximates its fair value as both instruments have variable interest rates tied to current market rates. The Company’s derivative instruments and investment in available for sale securities are marked-to-market with changes in value being recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Substantially all of the Company’s receivables are within the oil and gas industry, primarily from the sale of oil and gas products and billings to working interest owners. Although diversified within many companies, collectibility is dependent upon the general economic conditions of the industry. Most of the receivables are not collateralized and to date, the Company has had minimal bad debts.

Further, our natural gas futures and swap contracts also expose us to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties. Generally, these contracts are with major investment grade financial institutions and historically the Company have not experienced material credit losses. The Company believes that our credit risk related to the natural gas futures and swap contracts is no greater than the risk associated with primary contracts and that the elimination of price risk reduces volatility in our reported results of operations, financial position and cash flows from period to period and lowers our overall business risk; but, as a result of Whiting’s hedging activities the Company may be exposed to greater credit risk in the future. No single purchaser of oil and gas accounted for 10% or more of total sales for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 or 2001.

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $300 and $250 and, respectively.

Oil and Gas Producing Activities—The Company follows the successful efforts method of accounting for its oil and gas properties. Under this method of accounting, all property acquisition costs and costs of exploratory and development wells are capitalized when incurred, pending determination of whether the well has found proved reserves. If an exploratory well has not found proved reserves, the costs of drilling the well and other associated costs are charged to expense. The costs of development wells are capitalized whether productive or nonproductive.

Interest cost is capitalized as a component of property cost for exploration and development projects that require a period of time to be readied for their intended use. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, capitalized interest was insignificant.

Geological and geophysical costs of exploratory prospects and the costs of carrying and retaining unproved properties are expensed as incurred. An impairment is recorded for unproved properties if the capitalized costs are not considered to be realizable. Depletion, depreciation and amortization (“DD&A”) of capitalized costs of proved oil and gas properties is provided on a field-by-field

F-9

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

basis using the units of production method based upon proved reserves. The computation of DD&A takes into consideration the anticipated proceeds from equipment salvage and the Company’s expected cost to abandon its well interests.

The Company assesses its proved oil and gas properties for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. The impairment test compares future net undiscounted cash flows on a field-by-field basis using escalated prices to the net recorded book cost at the end of each period. If the net capitalized cost exceeds net future cash flows, then the cost of the property is written down to “fair value,” which is determined using net discounted future cash flows from the producing property. Different pricing assumptions or discount rates could result in a different calculated impairment. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company did not record any impairment charges for proved properties.

Gains and losses are recognized on sales of entire interests in proved and unproved properties. Sales of partial interests are generally treated as recoveries of costs.

Other Property and Equipment—Other property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over a period of four years. Maintenance and repair costs which do not extend the useful lives of the property and equipment are charged to expense as incurred. When other property and equipment is sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts.

As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the balance of other property and equipment was $2,684 and $3,454, respectively. Depreciation expense was approximately $836, $770, and $710 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Bank Fees—Bank fees are being amortized to interest expense using the interest method over the life of the loan.

Reimbursed Overhead—The Company provides various administrative services to its partnerships and owners of certain oil and gas properties for which the Company receives overhead reimbursements. Amounts earned are included as a reduction to general and administrative expense and totaled $5,631, $5,505 and $5,276, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Abandonment Liability—Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. This Statement generally applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and/or the normal operation of a long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 requires the

F-10

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

Company to recognize the fair value of asset retirement obligations in the financial statements by capitalizing that cost as a part of the cost of the related asset. In regards to the Company, this Statement applies directly to the plug and abandonment liabilities associated with the Company’s net working interest in well bores. The additional carrying amount is depleted over the estimated lives of the properties. The discounted liability is based on historical abandonment costs in specific areas and is accreted at the end of each accounting period through charges to depletion, depreciation and amortization expense. If the obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount, then a gain or loss is recognized on settlement.

Revenue Recognition—The Company uses the sales method to record oil revenues whereby revenue is recognized based on the amount of oil sold to purchasers. The Company uses the entitlements method to record natural gas revenues whereby revenue is recognized for the Company’s share of natural gas produced, regardless of whether the Company has taken its share of the related revenue. In situations where gas imbalances occur, receivables are valued at current market value each reporting period, while liabilities are generally presented based on the price in effect when the imbalance occurred. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company was in an under produced imbalance position of approximately 206,000 Mcf and 411,000 Mcf.

Derivative Instruments—Whiting is exposed to market risk in the pricing of its oil and gas production. Historically, prices received for oil and gas production have been volatile because of seasonal weather patterns, supply and demand factors, transportation availability and price, and general economic conditions. Worldwide political developments have historically also had an impact on oil and gas prices. Periodically, Whiting utilizes oil and gas swaps and forward contracts to mitigate the impact of oil and gas price fluctuations related to its sales of oil and gas. During the years 2003, 2002 and 2001, Whiting entered into a number of oil and gas swaps and forward contracts.

At March 31, 2004, the Company had six commodity swaps or forward contracts outstanding with a fair market value unrealized loss of $650 of which $250 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and $400 was recorded as an increase to the deferred tax asset.

At December 31, 2003, the Company had five commodity swaps or forward contracts outstanding with a fair market value unrealized loss of $2,145 of which $1,317 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and $828 was recorded as an increase to the deferred tax asset.

At December 31, 2002, the Company had four commodity swaps or forward contracts outstanding with a fair market value unrealized loss of $3,300 of which $1,980 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and $1,320 was recorded as a reduction to the deferred tax liability.

F-11

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

During the first quarters of 2004 and 2003, the Company recognized losses of $1,015 and $6,658, respectively, from the settlement of derivative instruments.

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, Whiting recognized a loss of approximately $8.7 million, a loss of approximately $3.2 million, and a gain of $2.3 million from the settlement of derivative instruments, respectively.

Marketable Securities—Investments in marketable securities are classified as held-to-maturity, trading securities or available-for-sale. Trading and available-for-sale securities are recorded at estimated market value. Realized gains or losses for both classes of equity investments are determined on a specific identification basis and are included in income. Unrealized gains or losses of available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

As of March 31, 2004 and as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had equity investments in publicly traded securities classified as available-for-sale (included in other long-term assets) with an original cost to the Company of $585 and a fair value of approximately $4,200, $2,367 and $1,300, respectively. As of March 31, 2004, the Company recorded an unrealized holding gain of $3,615; correspondingly $2,220 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and $1,395 was recorded as a decrease to the deferred tax asset. As of December 31, 2003, the Company recorded an unrealized holding gain of $1,782; correspondingly $1,094 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and $688 was recorded as a decrease to the deferred tax asset. As of December 31, 2002, the Company recorded an unrealized holding gain of $715 of which $430 was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and $285 was recorded as a deferred tax liability.

Income Taxes—Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in November 2003, the Company was included in the consolidated federal income tax return of Alliant Energy but was treated as a separate entity for income tax purposes. The Company provides deferred federal and state income taxes on all temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities.

Earnings Per Share—Basic net income per common share of stock is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted net income per common share of stock is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average of common shares outstanding and other dilutive securities. There were no potentially dilutive securities of the Company outstanding for any of the periods presented.

Industry Segment and Geographic Information—The Company operates in one industry segment, which is the exploration, development and production of

F-12

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

natural gas and crude oil, and all of the Company’s operations are conducted in the United States. Consequently, the Company currently reports as a single industry segment.

New Accounting Pronouncements—In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations which requires the purchase method of accounting for business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and eliminates the pooling-of-interests method. In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which discontinues the practice of amortizing goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets and initiates an annual review for impairment. Intangible assets with a determinable useful life will continue to be amortized over that period. The Company did not change or reclassify contractual mineral rights included in oil and gas properties on the balance sheet upon adoption of SFAS No. 142. The Company believes the current accounting of such mineral rights as part of crude oil and natural gas properties is appropriate under the successful efforts method of accounting. However, there is an alternative view that reclassification of mineral rights to an intangible assets may be necessary. If a reclassification of contractual mineral rights acquired subsequent to July 1, 2001 from oil and gas properties to long term intangible assets is required, then the reclassified amount as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 would be approximately $160.1 million and $161.2 million, respectively. Management does not believe that the ultimate outcome of this issue will have a significant impact on the Company’s cash flows, results of operations or financial condition.

The FASB is currently evaluating the application of certain provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 to companies in the extractive industries, including oil and gas. The FASB is considering whether the provisions of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 require registrants to classify costs associated with mineral rights, including both proved and unproved lease acquisition costs, as intangible assets in the balance sheet, apart from other oil and gas property costs, and provide specific footnote disclosures. In the event the FASB determines that costs associated with mineral rights are required to be classified as intangible assets, the Company currently believes that its financial condition and results of operations would not be affected.

In June 2002 the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associates with Exit or Disposal Activities. This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). The provisions of this Statement are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on the financial statements.

F-13

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others was issued in November 2002, by the FASB. FIN 45 requires a guarantor to recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under certain guarantees. Additionally, FIN 45 requires a guarantor to disclose certain aspects of each guarantee, or each group of similar guarantees, including the nature of the guarantee, the maximum exposure under the guarantee, the current carrying amount of any liability for the guarantee, and any recourse provisions allowing the guarantor to recover from third parties any amounts paid under the guarantee. The disclosure provisions of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements for both interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The fair value measurement provisions of FIN 45 are to be applied on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the financial statements. Under the disclosure provisions, the Company, as part of a 2002 purchase transaction, agreed to share with the seller 50% of the actual price received for certain crude oil production in excess of $19.00 per barrel. The agreement runs through December 31, 2009 and contains a 2% price escalation per year. As a result, the sharing amount at January 1, 2004 increased to 50% of the actual price received in excess of $19.77 per barrel. Approximately 46,000 net barrels of crude oil per month are subject to this sharing agreement. The terms of the agreement do not provide for a maximum amount to be paid. As of December 31, 2003, the Company has paid $3.1 million under this agreement and has accrued an additional $215 as currently payable.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (as revised in December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46). FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support from other parties. FIN 46 requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. All companies with interests in variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, shall apply the provisions of FIN 46 to those entities immediately. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities to amend and clarify financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. The changes in this statement require that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly to achieve more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivative or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered

F-14

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

into or modified after June 30, 2003 and will be applied prospectively. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on our financial statements.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity to classify certain financial instruments as liabilities in statements of financial position. The financial instruments are mandatorily redeemable shares, which the issuing company is obligated to buy back in exchange for cash or other assets, put options and forward purchase contracts, instruments that do or may require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets, and obligations that can be settled with shares, the monetary value of which is fixed, tied solely or predominantly to a variable such as a market index, or varies inversely with the value of the issuers’ shares. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this Statement had no impact on our financial statements.

2. ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS

The Company’s estimated liability for plugging and abandoning its oil and gas wells and certain obligations for previously owned onshore and offshore facilities in California is discounted using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of approximately 7%. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 143, the Company recorded an increase to its discounted abandonment liability of $16.4 million, increased proved property cost by $10.1 million and recognized a one-time cumulative effect charge of $3.9 million (net of a deferred tax benefit of $2.4 million).

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the estimated asset retirement obligation from the amount recorded upon adoption of SFAS No. 143 on January 1, 2003 (including its previously recognized liability in California) through March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

	Three months ended March 31, 2004			Year ended December 31, 2003
	(Unaudited)
Beginning asset retirement obligation	$	23,021		$	4,232
SFAS 143 adoption		—			16,458
Additional liability incurred		—			996
Accretion expense		380			1,482
Liabilities settled		(75	)		(147	)
Ending asset retirement obligation	$	23,326		$	23,021

F-15

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

No revisions have been made to the timing or the amount of the original estimate of undiscounted cash flows during 2003.

3. INVESTMENT IN PARTNERSHIPS

The Company sponsors private oil and gas income and development limited partnerships. The partnership agreements generally provide for a capital contribution by the Company of 8% to 10% of total capital for a 13% to 17% interest in the net revenue of the partnerships. Additionally, Whiting is a general partner in various partnerships which own and operate transportation and gas processing facilities. As a general partner in these partnerships, Whiting may be liable to the extent any such partnerships incur liabilities in excess of the value of its assets.

In 2003, the Company purchased the limited partnership interests in three limited partnerships in which the Company was general partner for $4,453.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In conjunction with the Company’s initial public offering in November 2003, the Company issued a promissory note payable to Alliant Energy in the aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million. The note bears interest at an annual rate of 5%. All principal and interest on the promissory note are due on November 25, 2005 (see Note 5).

Alliant Energy had loaned the Company an aggregate $80.5 million as of December 31, 2002. The note bore interest at a floating rate which ranged from 6.9% to 4.4% during 2003 and 2002, respectively. On March 31, 2003, Alliant Energy converted its outstanding intercompany balance of $80,931 to equity of the Company. The Company incurred approximately $1.2 million, $10.5 million and $10.2 million, in interest expense related to this note during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The Company holds a 6% working interest in four federal offshore platforms and related onshore plant and equipment in California. Alliant Energy has guaranteed the Company’s obligation in the abandonment of these assets.

The Company provides general and administrative services to its partnerships for which the partnerships are billed monthly. Amounts so charged are based on flat rates provided for in each respective Partnership Agreement. The Company pays operating expenses for its partnerships for which it receives reimbursement. The Company may also advance funds to its partnerships for property development. The amounts due from/to affiliates represent the net amount of advances to partnerships for property development offset by proceeds on sales of property and cash receipts from the sale of oil and gas to be distributed to the partnerships.

F-16

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

5. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following at March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and 2002:

	March 31, 2004		December 31, 2003		December 31, 2002
Bank borrowings	$	145,000	$	185,000	$	185,000
Alliant—see Note 4		3,055		3,017		80,472

Credit Facility— The Company has a $350.0 million credit agreement with a syndicate of banks. At December 31, 2003, the credit agreement provided a borrowing base of $210.0 million with an outstanding principal balance of $185.0 million. On February 17, 2004, the Company repaid $40.0 million of the outstanding principal balance from cash on hand in excess of projected drilling and production needs. The borrowing base under the credit agreement is based on the collateral value of the Company’s proved reserves and is subject to redetermination on May 1 and November 1 of each year. If the borrowing base is determined to be lower than the outstanding principal balance then drawn, the Company must immediately pay the difference. The credit agreement provides for interest only payments until December 20, 2005, when the entire amount borrowed is due. Interest accrues, at the Company’s option, at either (1) the base rate plus a margin where the base rate is defined as the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or the prime rate and the margin varies from 0.25% to 1.0% depending on the ratio of the amounts borrowed to the borrowing base, or (2) at the LIBOR rate plus a margin where the margin varies from 1.5% to 2.25% depending on the ratio of the amounts borrowed to the borrowing base. At December 31, 2003, all amounts outstanding under the credit agreement bore interest at an annual rate of 3.21% through February 6, 2004.

On February 6, 2004, the Company fixed the rate on the outstanding principal balance at an annual rate of 3.2% through August 6, 2004. The credit agreement has covenants that restrict the payment of cash dividends, borrowings, sale of assets, loans to others, investments, merger activity, hedging contracts, liens and certain other transactions without the prior consent of the lenders and requires the Company to maintain certain debt to EBITDAX (as defined in our credit agreement) ratios and a working capital ratio. The credit agreement also precludes the Company from providing any cash to Alliant Energy except for services rendered on an arm’s-length basis or for income taxes. The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the credit agreement as of December 31, 2003. The credit agreement is secured by a first lien on substantially all of Whiting’s assets.

F-17

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

At March 31, 2004, the borrowing base under the credit facility was $210.0 million with an outstanding principal balance of $145.0 million. The borrowing base of $210 million was reaffirmed on May 1, 2004; however, the borrowing base was reduced to $195.0 million on May 11, 2004 upon completion of our private placement of our 7.25% senior subordinated notes due 2012 (see Note 12). At March 31, 2004, all amounts outstanding under the credit agreement accrued interest at an annual rate of 2.95% fixed through August 6, 2004. The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the credit agreement as of March 31, 2004.

If the Company’s acquisition of Equity Oil Company closes, then the Company expects to incorporate into its credit agreement Equity’s outstanding debt under its credit facility, which was $29.0 million as of December 31, 2003. The Company will be required to amend the credit agreement to permit this incorporation of debt.

We are currently in the process of executing an amended and restated credit agreement with the lenders under Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s current credit agreement to (1) permit the incorporation of Equity Oil Company’s debt under its existing credit facility into Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement, (2) reaffirm our $195.0 million borrowing base, (3) increase the lenders’ total commitment under the credit agreement to $400.0 million and (4) extend the maturity of the credit agreement to May 2008 (four years from the date the amended and restated credit agreement closes).

6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a Production Participation Plan for all employees. On an annual basis, management and the Board of Directors allocate interests in oil and gas properties acquired or developed during the year to the plan on a discretionary basis. Once allocated, the interests (not legally conveyed) are fixed and plan participants generally vest ratably over five years. Forfeitures are re-allocated among other Plan participants. Allocations prior to 1995 consisted of 2% - 3% overriding royalty interests. Allocations since 1995 have been 2% - 5% net revenue interests.

Effective April 23, 2004, the Production Participation Plan was amended and restated. Specifically, the plan was amended to (1) provide that, for years 2004 and beyond, employees will vest at a rate of 20% per year with respect to the income allocated to the plan for such year; (2) provide that employees will become fully vested at age 65, regardless of when their interests would otherwise vest; and (3) provide that, for pools for years 2004 and beyond, if there are forfeitures, the interests will not be proportionately divided among the remaining participants in a given pool.

Payments to participants of the plan are made annually in cash after year end and amounted to $4.4 million, $3.6 million and $4.1 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001,

F-18

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

respectively. The Company has estimated the total discounted obligations, including the amounts above, at December 31, 2003 and 2002 as being $12.3 million and $11.7 million, respectively. Plan expense for 2003, 2002 and 2001 was approximately $4.3 million, $5.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

The Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Whiting Petroleum Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan on September 17, 2003. Two million shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan. No participating employee may be granted options for more than 300,000 shares of common stock, stock appreciation rights with respect to more than 300,000 shares of common stock or more than 150,000 shares of restricted stock during any calendar year. This plan prohibits the repricing of outstanding stock options without stockholder approval. As of December 31, 2003, no awards had been made under this plan. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company granted 92,171 shares of restricted stock under this plan. The shares of restricted stock were valued at $1.94 million and are being amortized to general and administrative expense over their three year vesting period.

The Company also had a phantom equity plan as an incentive to employees. The phantom equity plan award was calculated based on the growth of the Company’s proved oil and gas reserves before income taxes from January 1, 2000 to a triggering event, less increases in debt for the same period (the “Value Appreciation”). The Value Appreciation was then multiplied by a sharing percentage of 5%. The completion of the initial public offering in November 2003 constituted a triggering event under the plan and, consequently, the Company’s employees received a $10.9 million award in the form of approximately 420,000 shares of Whiting common stock after withholding of shares for payroll and income taxes. Alliant Energy was required to fund the majority of plan expense by contributing cash and stock to the Company in the combined amount of $10.7 million, which is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The phantom equity plan is now terminated.

The Company also has a defined contribution retirement plan for all employees. The plan is funded by employee contributions and discretionary Company contributions. The Company’s contributions for 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $665, $529 and $287, respectively. Employer contributions vest ratably at 20% per year over a five year period.

F-19

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases administrative office space under an operating lease arrangement through October 2005. Net rental expense for 2003, 2002, and 2001 amounted to approximately $1,046, $916 and $823, respectively. A summary of future minimum lease payments under this noncancellable-operating lease as of December 31, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31
2004	$	1,084
2005		929
Total	$	2,013

The Company had a $2.5 million unused line of credit with a bank. Interest on the line of credit was prime plus one percent. The line of credit was cancelled in February 2003.

The Company is subject to litigation claims and governmental and regulatory controls arising in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management that all claims and litigation involving the Company are not likely to have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Tax Separation and Indemnification Agreement with Alliant Energy—In connection with Whiting’s initial public offering in November 2003, the Company entered into a tax separation and indemnification agreement with Alliant Energy. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company and Alliant Energy made a tax election with the effect that the tax basis of the assets of Whiting and its subsidiaries were increased to the deemed purchase price of their assets immediately prior to such initial public offering. Whiting has adjusted deferred taxes on its balance sheet to reflect the new tax basis of the Company’s assets. This additional basis is expected to result in increased future income tax deductions and, accordingly, may reduce income taxes otherwise payable by Whiting. Under this agreement, the Company has agreed to pay to Alliant Energy 90% of the future tax benefits the Company realizes annually as a result of this step-up in tax basis for the years ending on or prior to December 31, 2013. Such tax benefits will generally be calculated by comparing the Company’s actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by the Company had the increase in basis not occurred. In 2014, Whiting will be obligated to pay Alliant Energy the present value of the remaining tax benefits assuming all such tax benefits will be realized in future years. Future tax benefits in total will approximate $62 million. The Company has estimated total payments to Alliant will approximate $49 million given the discounting effect of the final payment in 2014. The Company has discounted all cash payments to Alliant at the date of the Tax Separation Agreement.

The initial recording of this transaction in November 2003 resulted in a $57.2 million increase in deferred tax assets, a $28.6 million discounted payable to Alliant Energy and a $28.6 million increase to stockholders’ equity. The Company will monitor the estimate of when payments will be made and adjust the accretion of this liability on a prospective basis. During the first quarter of 2004 and the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company recognized $600 and $220 of

F-20

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

accretion expense, respectively, which is included as a component of interest expense. There is a provision in the Tax Separation Agreement that if tax rates were to change (increase or decrease), the tax benefit or detriment would result in a corresponding adjustment of the Alliant liability. For purposes of this calculation, management has assumed that no such change will occur during the term of this agreement.

8. INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying the provisions of enacted tax laws to determine the amount of taxes payable or refundable currently or in future years related to cumulative temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the Company’s balance sheet. The tax effect of the net change in the cumulative temporary differences during each period in the deferred tax assets and liability determines the periodic provision for deferred taxes.

Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, the Company was included in the consolidated federal income tax return of Alliant Energy and calculated its income tax expense on a separate return basis at Alliant Energy’s effective tax rate less any research or Section 29 tax credits generated by the Company. Current tax due under this calculation was paid to Alliant Energy, and current refunds were received from Alliant Energy. All income taxes receivable or payable at December 31, 2003 were to/from Alliant Energy. Section 29 tax credits of $5,363 were generated in 2002 and are expected to be utilized by Alliant Energy in the future. However, on a stand-alone basis Whiting would have been unable to use the credits in its 2002 tax return. Under the Company’s tax separation and indemnification agreement with Alliant Energy, Whiting will be paid for the Section 29 credits when Alliant Energy receives the benefit for them. These credits were reported as a credit to additional paid-in capital in 2002.

Income tax expense differed from amounts computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate as follows (in thousands):

	2003			2002			2001
Expected statutory tax expense at 35%	$	12,649		$	4,183		$	19,018
Research and Section 29 tax credits		—			(178	)		(6,575	)
Excess percentage depletion		(216	)		(82	)		(268	)
State tax expense, net of federal benefit		1,516			300			918
	$	13,949		$	4,223		$	13,093

F-21

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

Temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities that give rise to the net deferred tax asset or (liability) result from the following components (in thousands):

	2003			2002
Oil and gas properties	$	(2,893	)	$	(32,290	)
Production participation plan		2,993			3,020
Available for sale securities		(127	)		(285	)
Derivative instruments		828			1,320
Tax sharing agreement		11,028			—
Abandonment obligations		3,028			—
Net operating loss carryforward		3,878			—
	$	18,735		$	(28,235	)

The Company’s net operating loss will expire in 2023.

9. OIL AND GAS ACTIVITIES

The Company’s oil and gas activities are conducted entirely in the United States. Costs incurred in oil and gas producing activities are as follows (in thousands):

	2003		2002		2001
Unproved property acquisition	$	242	$	851	$	105
Proved property acquisition		10,914		140,708		66,024
Development		40,336		23,136		32,073
Exploration		3,186		1,811		793
Subtotal		54,678		166,506		98,995
Asset retirement obligations		996		—		—
Total	$	55,674	$	166,506	$	98,995

During 2003, additions to oil and gas properties of approximately $996 were recorded for the estimated costs related to new wells drilled or acquired.

F-22

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

Net capitalized costs related to the Company’s oil and gas producing activities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	2003			2002
Proven oil and gas properties	$	615,764		$	553,902
Unproven oil and gas properties		1,637			1,593
Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization		(191,488	)		(152,595	)
Oil and gas properties—net	$	425,913		$	402,900

During 2003, the Company recorded an addition to oil and gas properties of approximately $10.1 million for the asset retirement costs related to the adoption of SFAS No. 143.

10. DISCLOSURES ABOUT OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES (UNAUDITED)

The estimate of proved reserves and related valuations were based upon the reports of Ryder Scott Company L.P., and Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc. and R. A. Lenser & Associates, Inc., each independent petroleum and geological engineers, and the Company’s engineering staff, in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 69 (“SFAS No. 69”), Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities. The estimates of proved reserves are inherently imprecise and are continually subject to revision based on production history, results of additional exploration and development, price changes and other factors.

The Company’s oil and gas reserves are attributable solely to properties within the United States. A summary of the Company’s changes in quantities of proved oil and gas reserves for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, are as follows:

	Oil (Mbbls)		Gas (Mmcf)
Balance—January 1, 2001	19,121		157,521
Extensions and discoveries	1,086		9,320
Sales of minerals in place	(677	)	(6,045	)
Purchases of minerals in place	945		89,760
Production	(2,088	)	(19,751	)
Revisions to previous estimates	(3,582	)	(3,284	)
Balance—December 31, 2001	14,805		227,521
Extensions and discoveries	473		2,346
Sales of minerals in place			(953	)

F-23

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Oil (Mbbls)		Gas (Mmcf)
Purchases of minerals in place	15,244		58,381
Production	(2,319	)	(21,366	)
Revisions to previous estimates	1,255		(29,941	)
Balance—December 31, 2002	29,458		235,988
Extensions and discoveries	2,327		17,097
Sales of minerals in place	—		—
Purchases of minerals in place	822		3,996
Production	(2,594	)	(21,596	)
Revisions to previous estimates	4,627		(4,474	)
Balance—December 31, 2003	34,640		231,011
Proved developed reserves:
December 31, 2001	11,046		136,817
December 31, 2002	23,784		167,618
December 31, 2003	26,157		171,881

As discussed in “Note 6—Employee Benefit Plans,” all of the Company’s employees participate in the Company’s production participation plan. The reserve disclosures above include oil and gas reserve volumes that have been allocated to the production participation plan. Once allocated to plan participants, the interests are fixed. Allocations prior to 1995 consisted of 2%–3% overriding royalty interest while allocations since 1995 have been 2%–5% of net income from the oil and gas production allocated to the plan.

The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves and the changes in standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves were prepared in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 69. Future cash inflows were computed by applying prices at year end to estimated future production. Future production and development costs are computed by estimating the expenditures to be incurred in developing and producing the proved oil and gas reserves at year end, based on year-end costs and assuming continuation of existing economic conditions.

Future income tax expenses are calculated by applying appropriate year-end tax rates to future pretax net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves, less the tax basis of properties involved. Future income tax expenses give effect to permanent differences, tax credits and loss carryforwards relating to the proved oil and gas reserves. Future net cash flows are discounted at a rate of 10% annually to derive the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows.

F-24

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

This calculation procedure does not necessarily result in an estimate of the fair market value or the present value of the Company’s oil and gas properties.

The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves are as follows (in thousands):

	2003			2002			2001
Future cash flows	$	2,297,935		$	1,854,886		$	880,890
Future production costs		(879,390	)		(677,146	)		(379,732	)
Future development costs		(66,326	)		(65,440	)		(75,575	)
Future income tax expense		(336,165	)		(270,516	)		(62,025	)
Future net cash flows		1,016,054			841,784			363,558
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows		(426,490	)		(365,755	)		(151,823	)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows	$	589,564		$	476,029		$	211,735

Future cash flows as shown above were reported without consideration for the effects of hedging transactions outstanding at each period end. If the effects of hedging transactions were included in the computation, then future cash flows would have decreased by $145 in 2003 and $1,300 in 2002 and $0 in 2001, respectively.

The changes in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves are as follows (in thousands):

	2003			2002			2001
	(in thousands)
Beginning of year:	$	476,029		$	211,735		$	519,197
Sale of oil and gas produced, net of production costs		(121,827	)		(80,337	)		(87,273	)
Sales of minerals in place		—			(739	)		(11,200	)
Net changes in prices and production costs		108,115			212,191			(528,096	)
Extensions, discoveries and improved recoveries		47,183			6,587			17,511
Development costs-net		(886	)		(11,328	)		(3,322	)
Purchases of mineral in place		16,745			241,798			84,613
Revisions of previous quantity estimates		43,679			(36,164	)		(16,205	)
Net change in income taxes		(42,082	)		(116,854	)		183,051
Accretion of discount		62,901			24,786			73,516
Changes in production rates and other		(293	)		24,354			(20,057	)
End of year	$	589,564		$	476,029		$	211,735

F-25

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

Average wellhead prices in effect at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 inclusive of adjustments for quality and location used in determining future net revenues related to the standardized measure calculation are as follows (in thousands):

	2003		2002		2001
Oil (per Bbl)	$	29.43	$	28.21	$	17.30
Gas (per Mcf)	$	5.52	$	4.39	$	2.72

11. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the unaudited financial data for each quarter for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands except per share data) (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2003			June 30, 2003		September 30, 2003		December 31, 2003
Year ended December 31, 2003:
Oil and gas sales	$	49,483		$	41,883	$	42,272	$	42,093
Income (loss) before income tax and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		11,935			11,481		12,885		(162	)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle		(3,905	)		—		—		—
Net income (loss)		3,559			7,053		7,989		(316	)
Basic net income (loss) per share		0.19			0.38		0.43		(0.02	)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2002			June 30, 2002		September 30, 2002		December 31, 2002
Year ended December 31, 2002:
Oil and gas sales	$	20,190		$	29,552	$	34,657	$	38,310
Income (loss) before income tax		(2,977	)		3,277		6,191		5,461
Net income		(1,822	)		2,050		3,877		3,624
Basic net income (loss) per share		(0.10	)		0.11		0.21		0.19

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

On February 2, 2004, Whiting announced that the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement to acquire Equity Oil Company. The merger agreement provides for a stock-for-stock merger under which Equity shareholders will receive a fixed exchange ratio of 0.185 shares of Whiting common stock for each share of Equity common stock that they own. In addition, Whiting will assume approximately $29 million of Equity debt. The merger is subject to the approval of shareholders owning two-thirds of the outstanding Equity shares and other customary closing conditions. Equity

F-26

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002, AND 2001 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2003 (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

intends to call a special meeting of its shareholders during the second quarter of 2004 to consider and vote on the merger. The Company expects to complete the merger as soon as practicable following approval by Equity’s shareholders.

On May 11, 2004, the Company issued, in a private placement, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.25% senior subordinated notes due 2012. The net proceeds of the offering were used to refinance debt outstanding under the Company’s credit agreement. The notes are unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all of the Company’s senior debt. The indenture governing the notes contains various restrictive covenants that may limit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, (1) pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase the Company’s capital stock or redeem or repurchase the Company’s subordinated debt; (2) make investments; (3) incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (4) sell assets; (5) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (6) enter into hedging contracts. These covenants may limit the discretion of the Company’s management in operating the Company’s business. In addition, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation’s credit agreement restricts the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to make payments to the Company. Two of the Company’s subsidiaries, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation and Whiting Programs, Inc. (the “Guarantors”), have fully, unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed the Company’s obligations under the notes. All of the Company’s subsidiaries other than the Guarantors are minor within the meaning of Rule 3-10(h)(6) of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Company has no independent assets or operations.

* * * * * *

F-27

GLOSSARY OF OIL AND NATURAL GAS TERMS

We have included below the definitions for certain oil and natural gas terms used in this prospectus:

“3-D seismic” Geophysical data that depict the subsurface strata in three dimensions. 3-D seismic typically provides a more detailed and accurate interpretation of the subsurface strata than 2-D, or two-dimensional, seismic.

“Bbl” One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, used in this prospectus in reference to oil and other liquid hydrocarbons.

“Bcf” One billion cubic feet of natural gas.

“Bcfe” One billion cubic feet equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

“Boe” Barrels of oil equivalent, determined using the ratio of six thousand cubic feet of natural gas to one barrel of oil.

“completion” The installation of permanent equipment for the production of oil or natural gas, or in the case of a dry hole, the reporting of abandonment to the appropriate agency.

“horizontal re-entry well” A new well in which a pre-existing wellbore is used as the starting point of a new horizontal borehole. Drilling a horizontal re-entry well typically involves milling a hole in the casing of the pre-existing wellbore and drilling hundreds or thousands of feet from the pre-existing wellbore.

“Mcf” One thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

“Mcf/d” One Mcf per day.

“Mcfe” One thousand cubic feet equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

“MMbbls” Millions of barrels of oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

“MMboe” One million barrels of oil equivalent.

“MMbtu” One million British Thermal Units.

“MMcf” One million cubic feet of natural gas.

“MMcf/d” One MMcf per day.

“MMcfe” One million cubic feet equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.

“MMcfe/d” One MMcfe per day.

“PDNP” Proved developed nonproducing.

“PDP” Proved developed producing.

A-1

“plugging and abandonment” Refers to the sealing off of fluids in the strata penetrated by a well so that the fluids from one stratum will not escape into another or to the surface. Regulations of many states require plugging of abandoned wells.

“PUD” Proved undeveloped.

“pre-tax PV10%” The present value of estimated future revenues to be generated from the production of proved reserves calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines, net of estimated lease operating expense, production taxes and future development costs, using price and costs as of the date of estimation without future escalation, without giving effect to non-property related expenses such as general and administrative expenses, debt service and depreciation, depletion and amortization, or Federal income taxes and discounted using an annual discount rate of 10%.

“reservoir” A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible oil and/or natural gas that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is individual and separate from other reservoirs.

“working interest” The interest in an oil and natural gas property (normally a leasehold interest) that gives the owner the right to drill, produce and conduct operations on the property and a share of production, subject to all royalties, overriding royalties and other burdens and to all costs of exploration, development and operations and all risks in connection therewith.

A-2

$150,000,000

Whiting Petroleum Corporation

7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2004

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors And Officers.

Under the provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, each of the Registrants is required to indemnify any present or former officer or director against expenses arising out of legal proceedings in which the director or officer becomes involved by reason of being a director or officer if the director or officer is successful in the defense of such proceedings. Section 145 also provides that each Registrant may indemnify a director or officer in connection with a proceeding in which he is not successful in defending if it is determined that he acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of such Registrant or, in the case of a criminal action, if it is determined that he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Liabilities for which a director or officer may be indemnified include amounts paid in satisfaction of settlements, judgments, fines and other expenses (including attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such proceedings). In a stockholder derivative action, no indemnification may be paid in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the director or officer has been adjudged to be liable to a Registrant (except for expenses allowed by a court).

The Amended and Restated Certificates of Incorporation of Whiting Petroleum Corporation and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation provide for indemnification of directors and officers of those Registrants to the full extent permitted by applicable law. Under the provisions of the Registrants’ By-Laws, the Registrants are required to indemnify officers or directors to a greater extent than under the current provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Except with respect to stockholder derivative actions, the By-Law provisions generally state that the director or officer will be indemnified against expenses, amounts paid in settlement and judgments, fines, penalties and/or other amounts incurred with respect to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding, provided that (i) such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Whiting, and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The foregoing standards also apply with respect to the indemnification of expenses incurred in a stockholder derivative suit. However, a director or officer may only be indemnified for settlement amounts or judgments incurred in a derivative suit to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

In accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Amended and Restated Certificates of Incorporation of Whiting Petroleum Corporation and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation contain a provisions to limit the personal liability of the directors of those Registrants for violations of their fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates each director’s liability to either such Registrant or its stockholders, for monetary damages except (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions involving a breach of their fiduciary duty of are, including any such actions involving gross negligence.

II-1

The Registrants maintain insurance policies that provide coverage to its directors and officers against certain liabilities.

The Registration Rights Agreement contains provisions under which the initial purchasers agree to indemnify the directors and officers of the Registrants against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the directors and officers may be required to make in respect thereof.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) See the Exhibit Index included immediately preceding the exhibits to this registration statement.

(b) All of the financial statement schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Commission are not required under the applicable instructions or are not applicable and therefore have been omitted.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) Each of the undersigned Registrants hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of a Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, each of the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) Each of the undersigned Registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d) Each of the undersigned Registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Denver, State of Colorado on May 26, 2004.

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION
By:	/s/ James J. Volker
James J. Volker Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ James J. Volker	Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	May 26, 2004
James J. Volker

/s/ James R. Casperson	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	May 26, 2004
James R. Casperson

/s/ Michael J. Stevens	Controller and Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)	May 26, 2004
Michael J. Stevens

*	Director	May 26, 2004
Thomas L. Aller

*	Director	May 26, 2004
Graydon D. Hubbard

*	Director	May 26, 2004
J. B. Ladd

*	Director	May 26, 2004
Kenneth R. Whiting

*	By:	/s/ James J. Volker
		James J. Volker Attorney-in-fact

S-1

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Denver, State of Colorado on May 26, 2004.

WHITING OIL AND GAS CORPORATION
By:	/s/ James J. Volker
James J. Volker Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ James J. Volker	Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	May 26, 2004
James J. Volker

/s/ James R. Casperson	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	May 26, 2004
James R. Casperson

/s/ Michael J. Stevens	Controller and Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)	May 26, 2004
Michael J. Stevens

*	Director	May 26, 2004
Thomas L. Aller

*	Director	May 26, 2004
Graydon D. Hubbard

*	Director	May 26, 2004
J. B. Ladd

*	Director	May 26, 2004
Kenneth R. Whiting

*	By:	/s/ James J. Volker
		James J. Volker Attorney-in-fact

S-2

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Denver, State of Colorado on May 26, 2004.

WHITING PROGRAMS, INC.
By:	/s/ James J. Volker
James J. Volker Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ James J. Volker	Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Sole Director (Principal Executive Officer)	May 26, 2004
James J. Volker

/s/ James R. Casperson	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	May 26, 2004
James R. Casperson

/s/ Michael J. Stevens	Controller and Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer)	May 26, 2004
Michael J. Stevens

S-3

EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NUMBER	DESCRIPTION
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 1, 2004, among Whiting Petroleum Corporation, WPC Equity Acquisition Corp. and Equity Oil Company [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equity Oil Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2004 (File No. 000-00610)].
2.2	Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 18, 2004, among Whiting Petroleum Corporation, WPC Equity Acquisition Corp. and Equity Oil Company.
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Whiting Petroleum Corporation [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-107341)].
3.2	Amended and Restated By-laws of Whiting Petroleum Corporation [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 001-31899)].
3.3	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation.
3.4	Amended and Restated By-laws of Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation.
3.5	Certificate of Incorporation of Whiting Programs, Inc.
3.6	By-laws of Whiting Programs, Inc.
4.1	Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2004, by and among Whiting Petroleum Corporation, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, Whiting Programs, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004 (File No. 001-31899)].
4.2	Form of New 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.
4.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 11, 2004, by and among Whiting Petroleum Corporation, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, Whiting Programs, Inc. and the initial purchasers named therein [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004 (File No. 001-31899)].
5.1	Opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP.
12.1	Statement regarding computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges.
23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2	Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP (contained in Exhibit 5).
23.3	Consent of Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc., Independent Petroleum Engineers to Whiting Petroleum Corporation.

E-1

23.4	Consent of R.A. Lenser & Associates, Inc., Independent Petroleum Engineers to Whiting Petroleum Corporation.
23.5	Consent of Ryder Scott Company, L.P., Independent Petroleum Engineers to Whiting Petroleum Corporation.
24.1	Powers of Attorney.
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3	Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Form W-9.
99.4	Form of Letter to Clients.
99.5	Form of Letter to Registered Holder and/or DTC Participant from Beneficial Owners.
99.6	Form of Letter to Nominees.

E-2

EX-2.2

Exhibit 2.2

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of May 18, 2004 (this “Amendment”), is made by and among Whiting Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), WPC Equity Acquisition Corp., a Colorado corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), and Equity Oil Company, a Colorado corporation (the “Company”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Original Agreement (as defined hereinafter).

WHEREAS, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 1, 2004 (the “Original Agreement” and as modified hereby, this “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company desire to make certain amendments to the Original Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, and other good and valuable consideration, set forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS

Section 1.1 The Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence of Section 1.5(d) and inserting, in lieu thereof, the following sentence:

“The Option Termination Agreement shall provide, among other things, that each applicable Company Stock Option shall be cashed out at the difference between the applicable strike price for the Company Stock Option and the average closing price for Parent common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the five Business Days ending on the Business Day immediately prior to the Closing Date of the Merger multiplied by the Exchange Ratio.”

Section 1.2 The Original Agreement is hereby amended to add the following Section 5.10 which shall read in its entirety as follows:

“SECTION 5.10 REASONABLE BEST EFFORTS TO QUALIFY AS REORGANIZATION

From and after the date of this Agreement and until the Effective Time, each Party hereto shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to cause the Contemplated Transactions to qualify as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Code and to satisfy the

conditions or other requirements applicable in connection with the opinion of counsel described in Section 8.7, and will not knowingly take any action, cause any action to be taken, fail to take any action or cause any action to fail or to be taken which action or failure to act could prevent the Contemplated Transactions from qualifying as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Code, or from satisfying the conditions or other requirements applicable in connection with the opinion of counsel described in Section 8.7. Following the Effective Time, neither the Surviving Corporation, Parent nor any of their Affiliates shall knowingly take any action, cause any action to be taken, fail to take any action or cause any action to fail to be taken, which action or failure to act could cause the Contemplated Transactions to fail to qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, or would be inconsistent with or be contrary to the conditions or other requirements applicable in connection with the opinion of counsel described in Section 8.7 (including without limitation the representations given by the Surviving Corporation and Parent in connection with such opinion).”

Section 1.3 The Original Agreement is hereby amended to add the following Subsection 9.3(d) which shall read in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parties agree that the fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions (the “Transaction Expenses”) identified on Appendix 1 attached hereto shall be funded by the Party identified as the Party to fund such Transaction Expenses. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Transaction Expenses set forth on Appendix 1 represent the known categories and the good faith estimates of the Parties of such amounts to be due and payable on or about the Closing Date and that the Parties will modify Appendix 1 as applicable and will fund the actual Transaction Expenses as the same become due, subject to Section 5.10. In connection with the preceding covenants, the Parties additionally agree as follows:

(i) Parent agrees to contribute sufficient funds to Merger Sub as equity capital in an amount sufficient to pay the Transaction Expenses on Appendix 1 to be funded by Parent;

(ii) Merger Sub agrees that it shall maintain such contributed funds in a separate bank account and not commingle such contributed funds with the other funds of Merger Sub or the funds of the Company or the Surviving Corporation;

(iii) Following the Closing, such contributed funds will be used to pay the Transaction Expenses identified on Appendix 1 to be funded by Parent to the extent such Transaction Expenses actually become due and payable;

(iv) For at least 12 months following the Effective Time, the aggregate cash distributions or other cash payments made by the Surviving Corporation to Parent (or any Affiliate of Parent) shall not exceed 50% of the aggregate net income of the Surviving Corporation attributable to periods following the Effective Time; and

2

(v) Parent will pay directly, from its funds and not from funds held by the Company prior to the Closing, all costs that Parent has incurred or for which Parent is responsible in connection with the Merger.”

ARTICLE 2

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different Parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment. Any Party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Amendment but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.

Section 2.2 Governing Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with, and governed in all respects by, the laws of the State of Colorado (without giving effect to principles of conflict of law).

Section 2.3 Continuation of Original Agreement. Other than as set forth in this Amendment, all other provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

The Parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date indicated in the first sentence of this Amendment.

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION
By:	/s/ James J. Volker
	James J. Volker, President and CEO
WPC EQUITY ACQUISITION CORP.
By:	/s/ James J. Volker
	James J. Volker, President
EQUITY OIL COMPANY
By:	/s/ Paul M. Dougan
	Paul M. Dougan, President and CEO

4

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WHITING OIL AND GAS CORPORATION

Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law

Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

(1) The name of the Corporation is Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on the 18^th day of August, 1983.

(2) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the sole stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the GCL.

(3) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.

(4) The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is restated in its entirety as follows:

FIRST. The name of the Corporation is Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation.

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activities for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”).

FOURTH. (a) The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, each having a par value of $1.00 per share (“Common Stock”).

(b) Each holder of record of the Common Stock shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation and entitled to vote. The Common Stock shall have no special powers, preferences or rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

(c) Cumulative voting by any holder of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall not be allowed in the election of directors or for any other purpose.

FIFTH. The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(a) Business and Affairs of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(b) Number of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation.

(c) Classified Board of Directors. The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2004 annual meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2005 annual meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2006 annual meeting. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2004, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. As used in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

(d) Term. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

(e) Vacancies; Removal. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner prescribed in the Corporation’s bylaws. Any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

2

(f) Power of the Directors. In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any bylaws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such bylaws had not been adopted.

SIXTH. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the GCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the GCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the GCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

EIGHTH. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article SEVENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article SEVENTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article SEVENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this 17th day of September, 2003.

By:	/s/    James J. Volker
Name:	James J. Volker
Title:	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

4

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

WHITING OIL AND GAS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I.

Offices

Section 1. Business Offices. The principal office of the corporation shall be located in Denver, Colorado. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware and Colorado as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

Section 2. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE II.

Stockholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date as may be determined by the board of directors for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated for any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Failure to hold an annual meeting as required by these bylaws shall not invalidate any action taken by the board of directors or officers of the corporation.

Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the president or by the board of directors, and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of not less than a majority of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 3. Place of Meeting. Each meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place either within or outside Delaware or Colorado, as may be designated in the notice of meeting, or, if no place is designated in the notice, at the principal office of the corporation.

Section 4. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed then the record date shall be: (a) for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (b) for determining stockholders for any other purpose the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 5. Notice of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless otherwise required by statute, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting Lists. The officer who has charge of the stock books of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 7. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2

Section 8. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, one-third of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. If less than one-third of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 5 of this Article, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 9. Voting of Shares. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation and subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. In the election of directors each record holder of stock entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected, and for whose election he has the right to vote. Cumulative voting shall not be allowed.

Section 10. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his proxy may represent such shares and vote thereon. If shares stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the secretary of the corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall be as set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 11. Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (which consent may be signed in counterparts). Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate or other document with the Secretary of State of Delaware under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or other governmental agency, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required under law concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with the provisions of law and that written notice has been given as provided by law.

Section 12. Conduct of Meetings. The chairman of the annual or any special meeting of the stockholders shall be the chairman of the board (or in his absence, any person designated by the board of directors), unless and until a different person is elected by at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting.

3

The chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more persons to act as inspectors of election at the meeting.

Meetings of stockholders shall be conducted in accordance with the following rules:

(a) The chairman of the meeting shall have absolute authority over matters of procedure and there shall be no appeal from the ruling of the chairman.

(b) If disorder should arise which prevents continuation of the legitimate business of the meeting, the chairman may quit the chair and announce the adjournment of the meeting; and upon his so doing, the meeting is immediately adjourned.

(c) The chairman may ask or require that anyone not a bona fide stockholder or proxy leave the meeting.

(d) A resolution or motion shall be considered for vote only if proposed by a stockholder or a duly authorized proxy and seconded by an individual, who is a stockholder or a duly authorized proxy, other than the individual who proposed the resolution or motion.

(e) Nominations of persons to stand for election at any annual or special stockholders meeting may be made at any time prior to the vote thereon by the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

ARTICLE III.

Board of Directors

Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the certificate of incorporation.

Section 2. Number and Election of Directors. The entire board of directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than twelve members, the exact number of which shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the board of directors. The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors. The initial division of the board of directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire board of directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2004 annual meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2005 annual meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2006

4

annual meeting. At each succeeding annual meeting beginning in 2004, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, directors shall be elected by the stockholders at the annual meetings, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s death, or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Vacancies. Any vacancy or newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, or by the stockholders if there are no directors remaining, and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced.

If the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, or by the stockholders of such class or classes or series if there are no such directors remaining, and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced.

When one or more directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this Section for the filling of other vacancies.

Section 4. Term, Resignation and Removal of Directors. No person who has attained seventy (70) years of age shall be eligible for election or re-election to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that Graydon D. Hubbard, J. B. Ladd and Kenneth R. Whiting shall be eligible for re-election to the board of directors until attaining ages 73, 82 and 79, respectively. Any director who has attained seventy (70) years of age (or, in the case of the individuals specified in the prior sentence, the age specified in the prior sentence) shall resign from the board of directors effective as of the next annual meeting. Any director of the corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the board of directors, the President or the Secretary of the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If any director of the corporation experiences a material change in employment status (including termination of employment, retirement or a material decrease in

5

job responsibilities) from that when the director was most recently elected to the board of directors, then such director shall be deemed to have automatically tendered his or her resignation as a director of the corporation, which may be accepted by the remainder of the board of directors, in its sole discretion, and, if so accepted, shall be effective as of such acceptance. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or the certificate of incorporation, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 5. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, or as soon as practicable thereafter at the time and place, either within or without Delaware or Colorado, determined by the board for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. The board of directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or outside Delaware or Colorado, for the holding of additional regular meetings.

Section 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the president or a majority of the directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or outside Delaware or Colorado, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by him.

Section 7. Notice. Notice of each meeting of the board of directors stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director at least five days prior thereto by the mailing of written notice by first class, certified or registered mail, or at least one day prior thereto by personal delivery of written notice or by telephonic or telegraphic notice (The method of notice need not be the same to each director.) Notice shall be deemed to be given, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at his business or residence address; if personally delivered, when delivered to the director; if telegraphed, when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company; if telephoned, when communicated to the director. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 8. Quorum and Voting. If the number of directors of the corporation is less than three, a quorum for the transaction of any business at a meeting of the board of directors shall consist of the total number of the directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article, present in person, and the vote of all of such directors shall be required to be the act of the board of directors. If the number of directors is three or more, a majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article, present in person, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. No director may vote or act by proxy or power of attorney at any meeting of the board of directors.

6

Section 9. Committees. The board of directors may, by one or more resolutions, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 10. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of any committee of the board may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 11. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 12. Meetings by Telephone. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting in such manner shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

7

ARTICLE IV.

Officers and Agents

Section 1. Number and Qualifications. The officers of the corporation shall be a chairman of the board, a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also elect or appoint such other officers, assistant officers, and agents, including a vice-chairman or vice-chairmen of the board, one or more vice-presidents, a controller, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, as they may consider necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may simultaneously hold the offices of president and secretary.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors annually at the first meeting of the board held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be as fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

Section 4. Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not in itself create contract rights.

Section 5. Vacancies. Any officer may resign at any time, subject to any rights or obligations under any existing contracts between the officer and the corporation, by giving written notice to the corporation. An officer’s resignation shall take effect at the time stated therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy occurring in any office by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 6. Authority and Duties of Officers. The officers of the corporation shall have the authority and shall exercise the powers and perform the duties specified below, and as may be additionally specified by the president, the board of directors or by these bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law:

(a) Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board shall, subject to the direction and supervision of the board of directors, (i) be the chief executive officer of the corporation and have general and active control of its affairs, business and property and general supervision of its officers, agents and employees; (ii) preside at all meetings

8

of the stockholders and the board of directors; (iii) see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect; and (iv) perform all other duties normally incident to the office of chairman of the board and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors.

(b) President and Vice-Presidents. The president and vice-presidents shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the chairman of the board or by the board of directors. Any officer designated by the board of directors shall, at the request of the chairman of the board, or in his absence or inability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the chairman of the board, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chairman of the board.

(c) Secretary. The secretary sha1l: (i) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the board of directors and any committees of the board; (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (iii) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation; (iv) keep at the corporation’s registered office or principal place of business a record containing the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of shares held by each, unless such a record shall be kept at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar; (v) have general charge of the stock books of the corporation, unless the corporation has a transfer agent; and (vi) in general, perform all other duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to supervision by the secretary.

(d) Treasurer. The treasurer shall: (i) be the principal financial officer of the corporation and have the care and custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other personal property of the corporation and deposit the same in accordance with the instructions of the board of directors; (ii) receive and give receipts and acquittances for moneys paid in on account of the corporation, and pay out of the funds on hand all bills, payrolls and other just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon maturity; (iii) unless there is a controller, be the principal accounting officer of the corporation and as such prescribe and maintain the methods and systems of accounting to be followed, keep complete books and records of account, prepare and file all local, state and federal tax returns, prescribe and maintain an adequate system of internal audit, and prepare and furnish to the president and the board of directors statements of account showing the financial position of the corporation and the results of its operations; (iv) upon request of the board, make such reports to it as may be required at any time; and (v) perform all other duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors or the president. Assistant treasurers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the treasurer.

Section 7. Surety Bonds. The board of directors may require any officer or agent of the corporation to execute to the corporation a bond in such sums and with such sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

9

ARTICLE V.

Stock

Section 1. Issuance of Shares. The issuance or sale by the corporation of any shares of its authorized capital stock of any class, including treasury shares, shall be made only upon authorization by the board of directors, except as otherwise may be provided by statute.

Section 2. Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or a vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Certificates of stock shall be consecutively numbered and shall be in such form consistent with law as shall be prescribed by the board of directors.

Section 3. Payment for Shares. Shares shall be issued for such consideration (but not less than the par value thereof) as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors. Treasury shares shall be disposed of for such consideration as may be determined from time to time by the board. Such consideration shall be paid in such form and in such manner as the directors shall determine. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction the judgment of the directors as to the value of such consideration shall be conclusive. The capital stock issued by the corporation shall be deemed to be fully paid and non-assessable stock if: (a) the entire amount of the consideration has been received by the corporation in the form of cash, services rendered, personal property, leases of real property or a combination thereof; or (b) not less than the amount of the consideration determined to be capital pursuant to statute has been received by the corporation in such form and the corporation has received a binding obligation of the subscriber or purchaser to pay the balance of the subscription or purchase price; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall prevent the board of directors from issuing partly paid shares pursuant to statute.

Section 4. Lost Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock the board of directors may direct the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in conformity with law as it may prescribe. The board of directors may in its discretion require a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as it may determine, before issuing a new certificate.

Section 5. Transfer of Shares. Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in the stock books.

10

Section 6. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 7. Transfer Agents, Registrars and Paying Agents. The board of directors may at its discretion appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within or outside Delaware. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.

ARTICLE VI.

Indemnification

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VI, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VI, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director,

11

officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VI, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (d) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VI, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VI, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VI, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of

12

Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VI. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VI, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VI nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article VI. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation, any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VI shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VI shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VI but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

Section 9. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VI, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger

13

which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VI, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article VI.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VI to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VI), the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the corporation.

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VI to directors and officers of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII.

Miscellaneous

Section 1. Waivers of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting or (in the case of a stockholder) by

14

proxy shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 2. Presumption of Assent. A director or stockholder of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or stockholders at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director or stockholder who voted in favor of such action.

Section 3. Voting of Securities by the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the board of directors, on behalf of the corporation the president or any vice-president shall attend in person or by substitute appointed by him, or shall execute written instruments appointing a proxy or proxies to represent the corporation at, all meetings of the shareholders of any other corporation, association or other entity in which the corporation holds any stock or other securities, and may execute written waivers of notice with respect to any such meetings. At all such meetings and otherwise, the president or any vice-president, in person or by substitute or proxy as aforesaid, may vote the stock or other securities so held by the corporation and may execute written consents and any other instruments with respect to such stock or securities and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of said stock or securities, subject, however, to the instructions, if any, of the board of directors.

Section 4. Seal. The corporate seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Seal, Delaware.”

Section 5. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as established by the board of directors.

Section 6. Amendments. These bylaws may be amended or repealed and new bylaws adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders entitled to vote.

* * *

Last amended as of September 17, 2003

15

EX-3.5

Exhibit 3.5

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

WHITING PROGRAMS, INC.

FIRST. The name of the corporation is Whiting Programs, Inc.

SECOND. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is No. 100 West Tenth Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD. (a) The nature, objects and purposes of the business to be transacted shall be as follows:

(i) To acquire (by lease, purchase, farmout or otherwise), own, hold, explore, develop, operate, sell and otherwise dispose of oil and gas leases, mineral leases, oil and gas royalties, overriding royalties, production payments and other interests and rights in oil or gas properties (whether proven or unproven, producing or non-producing) in the United States or elsewhere; to drill for, produce, process, refine, transport, sell and exchange oil, gas, other hydrocarbons and related products; to make contributions to others for or in connection with the drilling of wells which in management’s opinion may tend to prove or disprove the values of property interests in the corporation; to acquire, own, hold and operate interests in other properties, facilities or assets of a character acquired, owned or operated by persons engaged generally in the oil and gas business or which, in the opinion of management, relate to the other business of the corporation; to sell, exchange, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of its assets and generally to engage in all aspects of the oil and gas business. The corporation may become a general partner or limited partner or joint venturer with others to accomplish any of the foregoing purposes.

(ii) To acquire businesses. To acquire (whether for cash or in exchange for its assets or securities, or otherwise), operate and deal in other businesses of all types and interests therein.

(iii) To engage in other lawful business. To engage in any other lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(b) In furtherance of the foregoing purposes the corporation shall have and may exercise all of the rights, powers and privileges granted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. In addition, it may do everything necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any of its corporate purposes.

FOURTH. (a) The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, each having a par value of $.10.

(b Each stockholder of record shall have one vote for each share of stock standing in his name on the books of the corporation and entitled to vote, except that in the election of directors he shall have the right to vote such number of shares for as many persons as there are directors to be elected. Cumulative voting shall not be allowed in the election of directors or for any other purpose.

(c) No stockholder of the corporation shall have any pre-emptive or similar right to subscribe for any additional shares of stock, or for other securities of any class, or for rights, warrants or options to purchase stock or for scrip, or for securities of any kind convertible into stock or carrying stock purchase warrants or privileges.

2

FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Paul E. Smith

1700 Broadway, Suite 1800

Denver, Colorado 80290

SIXTH. The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and have qualified are:

Name	Mailing Address
Kenneth R. Whiting	Suite 1010 817 17th Street Denver, Colorado 80202
Earl E. Rossman, Jr.	Suite 1010 817 17th Street Denver, Colorado 80202

SEVENTH. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

EIGHTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors,

3

and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

NINTH. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation so provide.

TENTH. The board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

Dated this 8th day of December, 1981.

/s/ Paul E. Smith - Incorporator

Paul E. Smith - Incorporator

4

EX-3.6

Exhibit 3.6

BYLAWS

OF

WHITING PROGRAMS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

Offices

Section 1. Business Offices. The principal office of the corporation shall be located in Denver, Colorado. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware and Colorado as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

Section 2. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

ARTICLE II.

Stockholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the third Thursday in the month of March in each year, or on such other date as may be determined by the board of directors, beginning with the year 1982, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated for any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Failure to hold an annual meeting as required by these bylaws shall not invalidate any action taken by the board of directors or officers of the corporation.

Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the president or by the board of directors, and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of not less than a majority of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 3. Place of Meeting. Each meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such place either within or outside Delaware or Colorado, as may be designated in the notice of meeting, or, if no place is designated in the notice, at the principal office of the corporation.

Section 4. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of

stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed then the record date shall be: (a) for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (b) for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and (c) for determining stockholders for any other purpose the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 5. Notice of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless otherwise required by statute, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Voting Lists. The officer who has charge of the stock books of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 7. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2

Section 8. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, one-third of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. If less than one-third of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 5 of this Article, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 9. Voting of Shares. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation and subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. In the election of directors each record holder of stock entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected, and for whose election he has the right to vote. Cumulative voting shall not be allowed.

Section 10. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Persons holding stock in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote the shares so held. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee or his proxy may represent such shares and vote thereon. If shares stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the secretary of the corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall be as set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 11. Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted (which consent may be signed in counterparts). Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate or other document with the Secretary of State of Delaware under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or other governmental agency, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required under law concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with the provisions of law and that written notice has been given as provided by law.

3

ARTICLE III.

Board of Directors

Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the certificate of incorporation.

Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications. The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than one or more than nine. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders except as provided in Section 3 of this Article. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be residents of Delaware or stockholders of the corporation. Directors shall be removable in the manner provided by the statutes of Delaware.

Section 3. Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. A director’s resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy or newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. If at any time, by reason of death, resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by law. When one or more directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor is duly elected and qualified.

Section 4. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, or as soon as practicable thereafter at the time and place, either within or without Delaware or Colorado, determined by the board for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. The board of directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or outside Delaware or Colorado, for the holding of additional regular meetings.

Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or outside Delaware or Colorado, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

Section 6. Notice. Notice of each meeting of the board of directors stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director at least five days prior thereto by the mailing of written notice by first class, certified or registered mail, or at least two days prior thereto by personal delivery of written notice or by telephonic or telegraphic notice,

4

except that in the case of a meeting to be held pursuant to Section 11 of this Article telephonic notice may be given one day prior thereto. (The method of notice need not be the same to each director.) Notice shall be deemed to be given, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at his business or residence address; if personally delivered, when delivered to the director; if telegraphed, when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company; if telephoned, when communicated to the director. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 7. Quorum and Voting. A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article, present in person, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. No director may vote or act by proxy at any meeting of the board of directors.

Section 8. Committees. The board of directors may, by one or more resolutions, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 9. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of any committee of the board may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

5

Section 10. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 11. Meetings by Telephone. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting in such manner shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

ARTICLE IV.

Officers and Agents

Section 1. Number and Qualifications. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also elect or appoint such other officers, assistant officers, and agents, including a chairman of the board, a vice-chairman or vice-chairmen of the board, one or more vice-presidents, a controller, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, as they may consider necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may simultaneously hold the offices of president and secretary.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors annually at the first meeting of the board held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be as fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

Section 4. Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the board whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not in itself create contract rights.

Section 5. Vacancies. Any officer may resign at any time, subject to any rights or obligations under any existing contracts between the officer and the corporation, by giving written notice to the corporation. An officer’s resignation shall take effect at the time stated therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy occurring in any office by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

6

Section 6. Authority and Duties of Officers. The officers of the corporation shall have the authority and shall exercise the powers and perform the duties specified below, and as may be additionally specified by the president, the board of directors or by these bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law:

(a) President. The president, subject to the direction and supervision of the board of directors, shall: (i) be the chief executive officer of the corporation and have general and active control of its affairs, business and property and general supervision of its officers, agents and employees; (ii) unless there is a chairman of the board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors; (iii) see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect; and (iv) perform all other duties normally incident to the office of president of a corporation as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors.

(b) Vice-President. The vice-president, if any, (or if there is more than one then each vice-president) shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. The vice-president, if there is one (or if there is more than one then the vice-president designated by the board of directors or if there be no such designation, then the vice-presidents in order of their election) shall, at the request of the president, or in his absence or inability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the president, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.

(c) Secretary. The secretary shall: (i) record or cause to be recorded the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the board of directors and any committees of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose; (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws or as required by law; (iii) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation; (iv) keep at the corporation’s registered office or principal place of business a record containing the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of shares held by each, unless such a record shall be kept at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar; (v) have general charge of the stock books of the corporation, unless the corporation has a transfer agent; and (vi) in general, perform all other duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to supervision by the secretary.

(d) Treasurer. The treasurer shall: (i) be the principal financial officer of the corporation and have the care and custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other personal property of the corporation and deposit the same in accordance with the instructions of the board of directors; (ii) receive and give receipts and acquittances for moneys paid in on account of the corporation, and pay out of the funds on hand all bills, payrolls and other just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon maturity; (iii) unless there is a controller, be the principal accounting officer of the corporation and as such prescribe and

7

maintain the methods and systems of accounting to be followed, keep complete books and records of account, prepare and file all local, state and federal tax returns, prescribe and maintain an adequate system of internal audit and prepare and furnish to the president and the board of directors statements of account showing the financial position of the corporation and the results of its operations; (iv) upon request of the board, make such reports to it as may be required at any time; and (v) perform all other duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors or the president. Assistant treasurers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the treasurer.

Section 7. Surety Bonds. The board of directors may require any officer or agent of the corporation to execute to the corporation a bond in such sums and with such sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

ARTICLE V.

Stock

Section 1. Issuance of Shares. The issuance or sale by the corporation of any shares of its authorized capital stock of any class, including treasury shares, shall be made only upon authorization by the board of directors, except as otherwise may be provided by statute.

Section 2. Certificates. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or a vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Certificates of stock shall be consecutively numbered and shall be in such form consistent with law as shall be prescribed by the board of directors.

Section 3. Payment for Shares. Shares shall be issued for such consideration (but not less than the par value thereof) as shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors. Treasury shares shall be disposed of for such consideration as may be determined from time to time by the board. Such consideration shall be paid in such form and in such manner as the directors shall determine. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction the judgment of the directors as to the value of such consideration shall be conclusive. The capital stock issued by the corporation shall be deemed to be fully paid and non-assessable stock if: (a) the entire amount of the consideration has been received by the corporation in the form of cash, services rendered, personal property, leases of real property or a combination thereof; or (b) not less than the amount of the consideration determined to be capital pursuant to statute has been received by the corporation in such form and the corporation has received a binding obligation of the subscriber or purchaser to pay the balance of the subscription or purchase price; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall prevent the board of directors from issuing partly paid shares pursuant to statute.

8

Section 4. Lost Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock the board of directors may direct the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in conformity with law as it may prescribe. The board of directors may in its discretion require a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as it may determine, before issuing a new certificate.

Section 5. Transfer of Shares. Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction in the stock books.

Section 6. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 7. Transfer Agents, Registrars and Paying Agents. The board of directors may at its discretion appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within or outside Delaware or Colorado. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.

ARTICLE VI.

Indemnification

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article VI, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) Action – Any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative;

(b) Derivative Action – Any Action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor;

(c) Third Party Action – Any Action other than a Derivative Action; and

(d) Indemnified Party – Any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Action by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the

9

corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including without limitation any employee benefit plan of the corporation for which any such person is or was serving as trustee, plan administrator or other fiduciary.

Section 2. Third Party Actions. The corporation shall indemnify any Indemnified Party against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any Third Party Action if, as determined pursuant to Section 5 below, he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal Action, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Third Party Action by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself create either a presumption that the Indemnified Party did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal Action, a presumption that the Indemnified Party had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 3. Derivative Actions. The corporation shall indemnify any Indemnified Party against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of any Derivative Action if, as determined pursuant to Section 5 below, he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person is or has been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or court in which such Action was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such Indemnified Party is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper. If any claim that may be made by or in the right of the corporation against any person who may seek indemnification under this Article VI is joined with any claim by any other party against such person in a single Action, the claim by or in the right of the corporation (and all expenses related thereto) shall nevertheless be deemed the subject of a separate and distinct Derivative Action for purposes of this Article VI.

Section 4. Success on Merits or Otherwise. If and to the extent that any Indemnified Party has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Action referred to in Section 2 or 3 of this Article VI, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith without the necessity of any determination that he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 2 or 3 of this Article VI.

Section 5. Determination. Except as provided in Section 4, any indemnification under Section 2 or 3 of this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnified Party is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in said Section 2 or 3. Any indemnification under Section 4 of this Article VI (unless ordered by a

10

court) shall be made by the corporation only upon a determination by the corporation of the extent to which the Indemnified Party has been or would have been successful on the merits or otherwise. Any such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of a quorum of the whole board of directors consisting of directors who are not or were not parties to the subject Action or (b) upon the request of a majority of the directors who are not or were not parties to such Action, or if there be none, upon the request of a majority of a quorum of the whole board of directors, by independent legal counsel (which counsel shall not be the counsel generally employed by the Corporation in connection with its corporate affairs) in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders of the corporation at a meeting called for such purpose.

Section 6. Payment in Advance. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) or some part thereof incurred by an Indemnified Party in defending any Action, shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Action if a determination to make such payment is made on behalf of the corporation as provided in Section 5 of this Article VI; provided that no such payment may be made unless the corporation shall have first received a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amount unless it is ultimately determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article VI.

Section 7. Other Indemnification. The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any Indemnified Party or other person seeking indemnification may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation, any agreement, bylaw (including without limitation any other or further Section or provision of this Article VI), vote of the stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and any procedure provided for by any of the foregoing, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Section 8. Period of Indemnification. Any indemnification pursuant to this Article VI shall continue as to any Indemnified Party who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or, at the request of the corporation, was serving as and has since ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan of the corporation for which any such person served as trustee, plan administrator or other fiduciary, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. The repeal or amendment of this Article VI or of any Section or provision thereof which would have the effect of limiting, qualifying or restricting any of the powers or rights of indemnification provided or permitted in this Article VI shall not, solely by reason of such repeal or amendment, eliminate, restrict or otherwise affect the right or power of the corporation to indemnify any person, or affect any right of indemnification of such person, with respect to any acts or omissions which occurred prior to such repeal or amendment.

Section 9. Insurance. By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in such action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such amounts as the board may deem appropriate, on behalf of any Indemnified Party against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in his capacity of or arising out of his status as an Indemnified Party, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under applicable provisions of law.

11

Section 10. Right to Impose Conditions to Indemnification. The corporation shall have the right to impose, as conditions to any indemnification provided or permitted in this Article VI, such reasonable requirements and conditions as to the board of directors or stockholders may appear appropriate in each specific case and circumstances, including but not limited to any one or more of the following: (a) that any counsel representing the person to be indemnified in connection with the defense or settlement of any Action shall be counsel mutually agreeable to the person to be indemnified and to the corporation; (b) that the corporation shall have the right, at its option, to assume and control the defense or settlement of any claim or proceeding made, initiated or threatened against the person to be indemnified; and (c) that the corporation shall be subrogated, to the extent of any payments made by way of indemnification, to all of the indemnified person’s right of recovery, and that the person to be indemnified shall execute all writings and do everything necessary to assure such rights of subrogation to the corporation.

ARTICLE VII.

Miscellaneous

Section 1. Waivers of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting or (in the case of a stockholder) by proxy shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 2. Presumption of Assent. A director or stockholder of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or stockholders at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director or stockholder who voted in favor of such action.

Section 3. Voting of Securities by the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the board of directors, on behalf of the corporation the president or any vice-president shall attend in person or by substitute appointed by him, or shall execute written instruments appointing a proxy or proxies to represent the corporation at, all meetings of the shareholders of any other corporation, association or other entity in which the corporation holds any stock or other securities, and may execute written waivers of notice with respect to any such meetings. At all such meetings and otherwise, the president or any vice-president, in person or by substitute or proxy as aforesaid, may vote the stock or other securities so held by the corporation and may execute written consents and any other instruments with respect to such stock or securities and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of said stock or securities, subject, however, to the instructions, if any, of the board of directors.

12

Section 4. Seal. The corporate seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Seal, Delaware”.

Section 5. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as established by the board of directors.

Section 6. Amendments. These bylaws may be amended or repealed and new bylaws adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders entitled to vote.

(END)

13

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

GLOBAL NOTE

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

No. R-1 $                    

CUSIP No. U9650F AA 5

ISIN No. USU9650FAA58

7¼% Senior Subordinated Note due 2012

Whiting Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars on May 1, 2012 or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto.

Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1.

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee, certifies that

this is one of the Notes

referred to in the Indenture.

By
	Authorized Signatory

Dated:

2

REVERSE SIDE OF GLOBAL NOTE

7 ¹/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2012

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest. Whiting Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7 ¹/4% per annum from May 11, 2004 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2004, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to any amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 11, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of

3

the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company limited to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount in the case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture).

5. Optional Redemption.

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to May 1, 2008. Thereafter, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon prior notice as set forth in Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

YEAR	PERCENTAGE
2008	103.6250	%
2009	101.8125	%
2010 and thereafter	100.0000	%

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time on or prior to May 1, 2007, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 107.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity Offering.

6. Mandatory Redemption.

Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders.

4

7. Repurchase at Option of Holder.

(a) Within 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. Within 30 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture.

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $20.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

5

10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, provided that any change to conform the Indenture to the Offering Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as provided in the Indenture, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee.

12. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $15.0 million; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed (including a stay pending appeal) for a period of 60 days after the date of such final judgment (or, if later, the date when payment is due pursuant to such judgment); (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any

6

Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as specified in Section 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary described in Section 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

13. Defeasance and Discharge. The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.

14. Subordination. The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of the Company, and this Note is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

15. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

7

16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

18. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

19. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

20. Successor Corporation. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, the Company will be released from all such obligations.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Whiting Petroleum Corporation

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300

Denver, Colorado 80290-2300

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

8

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:	Your Signature:
		Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount (in minimum denomination of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) you elected to have purchased: $            

Date:		Your Signature:
			(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
		Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:
Signature Guarantee:	(Signature must be guaranteed)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

10

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

Date Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note Principal Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or increase Signature of
authorized officer of Trustee or Notes Custodian

11

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

May 26, 2004 FOLEY & LARDNER LLP ATTORNEYS AT LAW 777 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE, SUITE 3800 MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202-5306 414.271.2400 TEL 414.297.4900 FAX www.foley.com CLIENT/MATTER NUMBER 038584-0108

Whiting Petroleum Corporation

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300

Denver, Colorado 80290-2300

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Whiting Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form S-4, including the Prospectus constituting a part thereof (the “Registration Statement”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to an offer to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) the Company’s new 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”), which will be registered under the Securities Act, for an equal principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”). The New Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the “New Note Guarantees”) by Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, a Delaware corporation and Whiting Programs, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together, the “Guarantors”).

The Old Notes were issued, and the New Notes will be issued, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

In connection with our opinion, we have examined: (a) the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus; (b) the Indenture; (c) the form of the New Notes; and (d) such other proceedings, documents and records as we have deemed necessary to enable us to render this opinion.

In our examination of the above referenced documents, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents, certificates and instruments submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.

Based upon the foregoing, assuming that the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and represents the valid and binding obligation of, the Trustee, and when the Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto, shall have become effective under the Securities Act and the Indenture shall have been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and having regard for such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

BRUSSELS CHICAGO DETROIT JACKSONVILLE LOS ANGELES MADISON MILWAUKEE ORLANDO SACRAMENTO SAN DIEGO SAN DIEGO/DEL MAR SAN FRANCISCO SILICON VALLEY TALLAHASSEE TAMPA TOKYO WASHINGTON, D.C. WEST PALM BEACH 001.1636835.1

Whiting Petroleum Corporation

May 26, 2004

Page 2

1. The New Notes, when duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company in the form contemplated by the Indenture upon the terms set forth in the Exchange Offer and authenticated by the Trustee, will be legally issued and valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms; and

2. The New Note Guarantees, when the New Notes are duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company in the form contemplated by the Indenture upon the terms set forth in the Exchange Offer and authenticated by the Trustee, will be legally issued and valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors enforceable in accordance with their terms;

except, in each case, as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other comparable laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or the application of equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

We are qualified to practice law in the State of Wisconsin and we do not purport to be experts on the law other than that of the State of Wisconsin and the Federal laws of the United States of America. We express no opinion and make no representations with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus which is filed as part of the Registration Statement, and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to such Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

/S/    FOLEY & LARDNER LLP

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

FORM S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(dollars in thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Year Ended December 31,
	2004		2003		2003		2002		2001			2000		1999
Fixed Charges:
Interest Expensed	$	2,037	$	2,926	$	8,086	$	10,867	$	10,233		$	7,549	$	5,384
Interest Capitalized		—		—		—		—		210			—		—
Amortized Premiums, Discounts and Capitalized Expenses Related to Indebtedness		282		300		1,091		71		—			—		—
Estimate of Interest Within Rental Expense		52		46		209		183		165			105		98
Preference Security Dividend Requirements of Subs		—		—		—		—		—			—		—
Total Fixed Charges	$	2,371	$	3,272	$	9,386	$	11,121	$	10,608		$	7,654	$	5,482
Earnings:
Pre-tax Income from Continuing Operations	$	15,698	$	11,935	$	36,139	$	11,952	$	54,337		$	45,361	$	12,726
Fixed Charges (above)		2,371		3,272		9,386		11,121		10,608			7,654		5,482
Amortization of Capitalized Interest		5		5		21		21		—			—		—
Distributed Income of Equity Investees		—		—		—		—		—			—		—
Whiting Share of Pre-tax losses of Equity Investees		—		—		—		—		—			—		—
Less
Interest Capitalized		—		—		—		—		(210	)		—		—
Preference Security Dividend Requirements of Subs		—		—		—		—		—			—		—
Minority Interest in Pre-tax income of Subs		—		—		—		—		—			—		—
Total earnings	$	18,074	$	15,212	$	45,546	$	23,094	$	64,735		$	53,015	$	18,208
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (unaudited)		7.62		4.65		4.85		2.08		6.10			6.93		3.32

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Whiting Petroleum Corporation of our report dated February 25, 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to a change in Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s accounting for asset retirement obligations) appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Denver, Colorado

May 26, 2004

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

[CAWLEY, GILLESPIE & ASSOCIATES, INC. LETTERHEAD]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Whiting Petroleum Corporation and the related prospectus that is a part thereof. We hereby further consent to the use in such Registration Statement and prospectus of information contained in our report setting forth the estimates of revenues from Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s oil and gas reserves as of January 1, 2004.

Sincerely,

/s/ Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.

Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.

May 26, 2004

EX-23.4

Exhibit 23.4

[R.A. LENSER AND ASSOCIATES, INC. LETTERHEAD]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Whiting Petroleum Corporation and the related prospectus that is a part thereof. We hereby further consent to the use in such Registration Statement and prospectus of information contained in our report setting forth the estimates of revenues from Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s oil and gas reserves as of January 1, 2004.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Ronald A. Lenser

R.A. Lenser & Associates, Inc.

May 26, 2004

EX-23.5

Exhibit 23.5

[RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P. LETTERHEAD]

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Whiting Petroleum Corporation and the related prospectus that is a part thereof. We hereby further consent to the use in such Registration Statement and prospectus of information contained in our report setting forth the estimates of revenues from Whiting Petroleum Corporation’s oil and gas reserves as of January 1, 2004.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Ryder Scott Company, L.P.

Ryder Scott Company, L.P.

May 26, 2004

EX-24.1

Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That I

Thomas L. Aller

hereby constitute and appoint James J. Volker and James R. Casperson, and each of them individually, my true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for me and in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign my name as a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation (the “Guarantor”) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, and any amendments (including post-effective amendments) or supplements thereto, relating to an offer to exchange substantially identical unsecured debt securities and related guarantees that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unsecured debt securities to be issued by the Company and to be guaranteed by the Guarantor, after the consummation of the private placement of such debt securities, and to file said Registration Statement, and any amendment (including any post-effective amendment) or supplement thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration of the unsecured debt securities and related guarantees under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or each of them, have done or shall lawfully do by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

WITNESS my hand this 26th day of May, 2004.

/s/ Thomas L. Aller

Thomas L. Aller

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That I

Graydon D. Hubbard

hereby constitute and appoint James J. Volker and James R. Casperson, and each of them individually, my true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for me and in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign my name as a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation (the “Guarantor”) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, and any amendments (including post-effective amendments) or supplements thereto, relating to an offer to exchange substantially identical unsecured debt securities and related guarantees that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unsecured debt securities to be issued by the Company and to be guaranteed by the Guarantor, after the consummation of the private placement of such debt securities, and to file said Registration Statement, and any amendment (including any post-effective amendment) or supplement thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration of the unsecured debt securities and related guarantees under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or each of them, have done or shall lawfully do by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

WITNESS my hand this 26th day of May, 2004.

/s/ Graydon D. Hubbard

Graydon D. Hubbard

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That I

J. B. Ladd

hereby constitute and appoint James J. Volker and James R. Casperson, and each of them individually, my true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for me and in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign my name as a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation (the “Guarantor”) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, and any amendments (including post-effective amendments) or supplements thereto, relating to an offer to exchange substantially identical unsecured debt securities and related guarantees that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unsecured debt securities to be issued by the Company and to be guaranteed by the Guarantor, after the consummation of the private placement of such debt securities, and to file said Registration Statement, and any amendment (including any post-effective amendment) or supplement thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration of the unsecured debt securities and related guarantees under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or each of them, have done or shall lawfully do by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

WITNESS my hand this 26th day of May, 2004.

/s/ J. B. Ladd

J. B. Ladd

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That I

Kenneth R. Whiting

hereby constitute and appoint James J. Volker and James R. Casperson, and each of them individually, my true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for me and in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign my name as a director of Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) and Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation (the “Guarantor”) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, and any amendments (including post-effective amendments) or supplements thereto, relating to an offer to exchange substantially identical unsecured debt securities and related guarantees that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of unsecured debt securities to be issued by the Company and to be guaranteed by the Guarantor, after the consummation of the private placement of such debt securities, and to file said Registration Statement, and any amendment (including any post-effective amendment) or supplement thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration of the unsecured debt securities and related guarantees under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

I hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or each of them, have done or shall lawfully do by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

WITNESS my hand this 26th day of May, 2004.

/s/ Kenneth R. Whiting

Kenneth R. Whiting

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D. C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF

A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF

A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)                     

J. P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

	95-4655078
(State of incorporation if not a national bank)	(I.R.S. employer identification No.)

101 California Street, Floor 38 San Francisco, California	94111
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

F. Henry Kleschen III

Vice President and Assistant General Counsel

227 West Monroe Street, Suite 2600

Chicago, IL 60606

Tel: (312) 267-5064

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware	20-0098515
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. employer identification No.)

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300 Denver, Colorado	80290-2300
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

WHITING OIL AND GAS CORPORATION

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware	84-0918829
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. employer identification No.)

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300 Denver, Colorado	80290-2300
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

WHITING PROGRAMS, INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware	84-0865622
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. employer identification No.)

1700 Broadway, Suite 2300 Denver, Colorado	80290-2300
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

7.25% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

(Title of the indenture securities)

2

Item 1. General Information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C.

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C.

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the Obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

No responses are included for Items 3-15 of this Form T-1 because the Obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

List below all exhibits filed as part of this statement of eligibility.

Exhibit 1.	Articles of Association of the Trustee as Now in Effect (see Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Form 8K of the Southern California Water Company filing, dated December 7, 2001, which is incorporated by reference).
Exhibit 2.	Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to Commence Business (see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Registration Statement No. 333-41329, which is incorporated by reference).
Exhibit 3.	Authorization of the Trustee to Exercise Corporate Trust Powers (contained in Exhibit 2).
Exhibit 4.	Existing By-Laws of the Trustee (see Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed in connection with Form 8K of the Southern California Water Company filing, dated December 7, 2001, which is incorporated by reference).
Exhibit 5.	Not Applicable
Exhibit 6.	The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
Exhibit 7.	A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.	Not Applicable
Exhibit 9.	Not Applicable

3

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee, J. P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 25th day of May, 2004.

J. P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
By	/s/ F. Henry Kleschen III
	F. Henry Kleschen III Vice President and Assistant General Counsel

4

EXHIBIT 6

THE CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE REQUIRED

BY SECTION 321(b) OF THE ACT

May 25, 2004

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the qualification of an indenture between Whiting Petroleum Corporation and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, the undersigned, in accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, hereby consents that the reports of examinations of the undersigned, made by Federal or State authorities authorized to make such examinations, may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Very truly yours, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
By	/s/ F. Henry Kleschen III
	F. Henry Kleschen III Vice President and Assistant General Counsel

5

Exhibit 7. Report of Condition of the Trustee.

Consolidated Report of Condition of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association

                                                                                              (Legal Title)

as of close of business on December 31, 2003

J. P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association

Statement of Condition

December 31, 2003

	($000)
Assets
Cash and Due From Banks	$	22,115
Securities		141,598
Loans and Leases		106,261
Premises and Fixed Assets		13,111
Intangible Assets		403,878
Goodwill		250,539
Other Assets		50,801
Total Assets	$	988,303
Liabilities
Deposits	$	119,625
Other Liabilities		112,490
Total Liabilities		232,115
Equity Capital
Common Stock		600
Surplus		701,587
Retained Earnings		54,001
Total Equity Capital		756,188
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital	$	988,303

6

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

Offer to Exchange

Registered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

For Any and All Outstanding

Unregistered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

Pursuant to the Prospectus dated                     , 2004

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON

                    , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”).

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association.

By Facsimile Transmission: (For Eligible Institutions Only) (214) 468-6494 Attention: Institutional Trust Services Confirm by Telephone: 1-800-275-2048 By Registered or Certified Mail, Hand or Overnight Courier: J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association Institutional Trust Services 2001 Bryan Street, 9^th Floor Dallas, Texas 75201 Attention: Mr. Frank Ivins

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the Prospectus, dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), of Whiting Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the subsidiaries of the Company named therein, and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter”), which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange its 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the ”Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Company’s issued and outstanding unregistered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”).

For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Old Note will receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from May 11, 2004. Accordingly, registered Holders of New Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accrued from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 11, 2004. However, if that record date occurs prior to completion of the Exchange Offer, then the interest payable on the first interest payment date following the completion of the Exchange Offer will be paid to the registered Holders of the Old Notes on that record date. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the

Exchange Offer and will be cancelled. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer.

This Letter is to be completed by a Holder of Old Notes either if (1) certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (2) tenders are to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC” or the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer – Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) and all other documents required by this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus. See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

Tenders by book-entry transfer also may be made by delivering an Agent’s Message in lieu of this Letter. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering participant, which acknowledgment states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by this Letter and the Company may enforce this Letter against such participant.

As used in this Letter, the term “Holder” with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or, with respect to interests in global notes held by DTC, any DTC participant listed in an official DTC proxy. The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

-2-

List below the Old Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of Old Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in, if blank)	Certificate Number(s)*	Aggregate Principal Amount of Old Notes	Principal Amount Tendered**
	Total

* Do not complete if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.

** A holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL Old Notes unless a lesser amount is specified in this column. See Instruction 2. Old Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiples thereof. See Instruction 1.

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution ______________________________________________________________________________

Account Number _____________________ Transaction Code Number _____________________________________________

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s) ___________________________________________________________________________

Window Ticket Number (if any) ___________________________________________________________________________

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery ___________________________________________________________

Name of Institution Which Guaranteed Delivery ______________________________________________________________

If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following:

Account Number _____________________ Transaction Code Number _____________________________________________

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name: ________________________________________________________________________________________________

Address: ______________________________________________________________________________________________

-3-

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes indicated on page 3 of this Letter. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered hereby.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the undersigned’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with respect to such tendered Old Notes, with full power of substitution, among other things, to cause the Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes, and to acquire the New Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Old Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that: (1) any New Notes acquired in exchange for Old Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (2) neither the Holder of such Old Notes nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes, and (3) neither the Holder of such Old Notes or any such other person is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by Holders thereof (other than any such Holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Holders are not broker-dealers, such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such Holders’ business and such Holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. However, the SEC has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, then the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the New Notes. If any Holder is an affiliate of the Company, or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Holder (i) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, (ii) is not entitled and will not be permitted to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and (iii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for the New Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents reasonably deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the

-4-

Old Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer - Withdrawal Rights” section of the Prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please deliver the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Old Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Old Notes Tendered.”

The undersigned, by completing the box entitled “Description of Old Notes Tendered” on page 3 of this Letter and signing this Letter, will be deemed to have tendered the Old Notes as set forth in such box on page 3 of this Letter.

-5-

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 3 and 4)		SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 3 and 4)
To be completed ONLY if Old Notes not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.		To be completed ONLY if Old Notes not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than shown in the box entitled “Description of Old Notes Tendered” on this Letter.
Issue:	¨    New Notes	Mail:	¨    New Notes
	¨    Old Notes		¨    Old Notes
Name(s)		Name(s)
	(Please Type or Print)		(Please Type or Print)
		Address
Address
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.
¨        Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below.
(Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account Number, if applicable)

-6-

ALL TENDERING HOLDERS PLEASE SIGN HERE

(Complete Substitute Form W-9 on next page)

x	_____________________________________________	_____________________________________________,	2004
		Date
x	_____________________________________________	_____________________________________________,	2004
		Date

Area Code and Telephone Number _______________________________________________________________________________

This Letter must be signed by the registered holder(s) or DTC participant(s) exactly as the name(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes or on a security position listing or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information. See Instruction 3.

Name(s): ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

(Please Type or Print)

Capacity (full title): ___________________________________________________________________________________________

Address: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.: _____________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(If required by Instruction 3)

Signature(s) Guaranteed

By an Eligible Institution: _____________________________________________________________________________________

(Authorized Signature)

Name and Title: _____________________________________________________________________________________________

Name of Firm: ______________________________________________________________________________________________

Dated: ________________, 2004

IMPORTANT: This Letter (or a facsimile hereof), together with the certificates for Old Notes or a Book-Entry Confirmation and all other required documents or The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

-7-

TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

(See Instruction 5)

PAYOR’S NAME: J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9	Part 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW. If Old Notes are held in more than one name, see the Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute W-9 to determine which number you must provide.	Social security number ________________________ OR Employer Identification number _________________________
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service	Part 2 - FOR PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACK WITHHOLDING (See the Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9).
PAYOR’S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION	Part 3 – CERTIFICATION: UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
	(1)    the number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and
	(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding either because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and
	(3)    I am a U.S. Person (including a U.S. resident alien).
	The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
	SIGNATURE _____________________________
	PRINTED NAME __________________________
	DATE ___________________________________
	You must cross out item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because you failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU ARE AWAITING A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of the exchange, 28% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a number.

Signature _______________________________________                         Date ___________________________________________

INSTRUCTIONS

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer

1. Delivery of this Letter and Old Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

This Letter is to be completed by Holders of Old Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer - Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus. Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or manually signed facsimile hereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Old Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiples thereof.

Holders who tender their Old Notes by delivering an Agent’s Message do not need to submit this Letter.

Holders whose certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed letter (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the Holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) trading days after the Expiration Date, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter, are received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the Expiration Date.

The method of delivery of this Letter, the Old Notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering Holders, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, or overnight delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

See “The Exchange Offer” section of the Prospectus.

2. Partial Tenders (not applicable to Holders who tender by book-entry transfer).

If less than all of the Old Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering Holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled “Description of Old Notes Tendered—Principal Amount Tendered.” A reissued certificate representing the balance of non-tendered Old Notes will be sent to such tendering Holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter promptly after the Expiration Date. All of

the Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

3. Signatures on this Letter; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

If this Letter is signed by the registered Holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever. If this Letter is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes.

If any tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter.

If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of Old Notes.

When this Letter is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Old Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of the tendered Old Notes or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the New Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Old Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered Holder, then endorsements of any Old Notes transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on the Old Notes or bond power must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of any Old Notes specified herein, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered Holder or Holders appear(s) on the Old Notes (or security position listing) and signatures on the Old Notes or bond power must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act.

Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act as an “eligible guarantor institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein) (i) a bank, (ii) broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer, (iii) a credit union, (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency, or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association (an “Eligible Institution”).

Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution if the Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered Holder of Old Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the Owner of such Old Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

Tendering Holders of Old Notes should indicate in the applicable box on page 6 of this Letter the name and address to which New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or substitute certificates evidencing Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or

-10-

address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such note Holder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter.

5. Taxpayer Identification Number.

Federal income tax law generally requires that a tendering Holder whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payor) with such Holder’s correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) on the substitute Form W-9 on page 8 of this Letter, which in the case of a tendering Holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the current TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption from backup withholding, such tendering Holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, the Exchange Agent may be required to withhold 28% of the amount of any reportable payments made after the exchange to such tendering Holder of New Notes. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.

Exempt Holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt holders, other than foreign individuals, should furnish their TIN, write “Exempt” on the face of the Substitute Form W-9 and sign, date and return the form to the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the “W-9 Guidelines”) for additional instructions. If the tendering holder of Old Notes is a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, such holder must give the Exchange Agent a completed Form W-8 Certificate of Foreign Status.

To prevent backup withholding, each tendering Holder of Old Notes must provide its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 on page 8 of this Letter, certifying, under penalties of perjury, that the TIN provided is correct (or that such Holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (i) the Holder is exempt from backup withholding, or (ii) the Holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such Holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the Holder that such Holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Old Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, such Holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report. Failure to provide the information on the form may subject the Holder to 28% federal income tax backup withholding on all reportable payments to the Holder. If such Holder does not have a TIN, such Holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN, apply for a TIN and write “applied for” in lieu of its TIN in Part 1 of the Substitute Form W-9. Writing “applied for” on the form means that such Holder has already applied for a TIN or that such Holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If “applied for” is written in Part 1 of the Substitute Form W-9 and the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, the Exchange Agent will withhold 28% of all reportable payments to the Holder thereafter until a TIN is provided to the Exchange Agent.

6. Transfer Taxes.

The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Old Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, New Notes and/or substitute Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any

-11-

such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes specified in this Letter.

7. No Conditional Tenders.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange.

Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes.

Any Holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions. This Letter and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed certificates have been followed.

9. Withdrawal Rights.

Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. For a withdrawal of a tender of Old Notes to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address on page 1 of this Letter prior to 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including certificate number or numbers and the principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) contain a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Old Notes exchanged, (iv) be signed by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (v) specify the name in which such Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer - Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Notes that have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer - - Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of

-12-

tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following the procedures described above at any time on or prior to 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

10. Irregularities.

The Company will determine, in its sole discretion, all questions as to the form, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Old Notes, which determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Notes which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the tender of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated on page 1 of this Letter.

-13-

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

FOR TENDER OF

7¼% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

OF

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be used to accept the exchange offer of Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) made pursuant to the Prospectus dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”) if certificates for the outstanding 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 of the Company (the “Old Notes”) are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association as exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”), prior to 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on                     , 2004 (the “Expiration Date”). This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, overnight courier, mail or hand delivery to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old Notes pursuant to the exchange offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 11:59 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

The Exchange Agent for the exchange offer is J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association.

By Facsimile Transmission (For Eligible Institutions Only): (214) 468-6494 Attention: Institutional Trust Services Confirm by Telephone: 1-800-275-2048 By Registered or Certified Mail, Hand or overnight Courier: J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association Institutional Trust Services 2001 Bryan Street, 9^th Floor Dallas, Texas 75201 Attention: Mr. Frank Ivins

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

THIS NOTICE IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, THE SIGNATURE GUARANTEED MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Old Notes of the series set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer – Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus.

_________________________________________________	_________________________________________________
Total Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered:*	If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide account number.
$_____________________	Account Number _____________________________
Certificate Nos. (if available)
______________________
_________________________________________________	_________________________________________________

* Must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

PLEASE SIGN HERE
x
x
	Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory	Date

Area Code and Telephone Number(s): _____________________________________________

Must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following information.

Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):____________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________

Capacity:____________________________________________________________________________________

Address(es):_________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

Telephone Number:____________________________________________________________________________

-2-

GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act as an “eligible guarantor institution” including (as such terms are defined therein) (i) a bank, (ii) broker, dealer, municipal securities broker or dealer or government securities broker or dealer, (iii) a credit union, (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency, or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association (an “Eligible Institution”), hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the principal amount of Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer – Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus, together with any required signature guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

Name of Firm		Authorized Signature
	Address		Title
		Name:
	Zip Code		(Please Type or Print)
		Dated:
	Telephone Number

NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT ONLY WITH A COPY OF YOUR PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

-3-

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER (TIN) ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines For Determining The Proper Name And Identification Number to Give The Payer. Social security numbers (SSNs) have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers (EINs) have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the name and number to give the requestor.

For this type of account:		Give name and SSN of:	For this type of account:		Give name and EIN of:
1.	Individual	The individual	6.	Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC	The owner(3)
2.	Two or more individuals (joint account)	The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1)	7.	A valid trust, estate or pension trust	The legal entity(4)
3.	Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)	The minor(2)	8.	Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832	The corporation
4.	a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)	The grantor-trustee(1)	9.	Association, club, religious, charitable, educational or other tax-exempt organization	The organization
	b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law	The actual owner(1)	10.	Partnership or multi-member LLC	The partnership
5.	Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC	The owner(3)	11.	A broker or registered nominee	The broker or nominee
			12.	Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district or prison) that receives agricultural program payments	The public entity

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.

(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.

(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your SSN or your EIN (if you have one).

(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust. (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

Note: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Page 2

How To Get A TIN

If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form on-line at www.ssa.gov/online/ss5.html. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676) or from the IRS Web Site at www.irs.gov.

Payees Exempt From Backup Withholding

The following is a list of payees specifically exempted from backup withholding:

(1) An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2).

(2) The United States or of any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

(3) A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.

(4) A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.

(5) An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

(6) A corporation.

(7) A foreign central bank of issue.

(8) A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

(9) A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission

(10) A real estate investment trust.

(11) An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(12) A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

(13) A financial institution.

(14) A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

(15) A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.

Exempt payees described at left should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” IN PART II OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give the payer a completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status.

Privacy Act Notice.

Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information with the IRS to report interest, dividends and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA or Archer MSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for criminal and civil litigation and to cities, states and the District of Columbia to carry out their tax laws. The IRS may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, or to Federal and state agencies to enforce Federal nontax criminal laws and to combat terrorism.

You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28 percent of taxable interest, dividend and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

(3) Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

(4) Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of Federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

Offer to Exchange

Registered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

For Any and All Outstanding Unregistered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59P.M., NEW YORK CITY

TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.

To Our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) to exchange its 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for all of its outstanding unregistered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 11, 2004, by and among the Company, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, Whiting Programs, Inc. and the initial purchasers named therein, related to the 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.

This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Old Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Old Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Old Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. We urge you to read the Prospectus carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Old Notes.

Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended by the Company. Any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

If you wish to have us tender your Old Notes, please instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form enclosed with this letter. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for information only and may not be used directly by you to tender Old Notes.

If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal we will not tender any of the outstanding Old Notes on your account.

EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

INSTRUCTIONS

Instructions to Registered Holder and/or DTC Participant

from Beneficial Owner

of

7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59P.M., NEW YORK CITY

TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.

To Registered Holder and/or Depository Trust Company Participant:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”) of Whiting Petroleum Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the subsidiaries of the Company named therein and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), that together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange its 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for all of its outstanding registered 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or Depository Trust Company Participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate principal amount of Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

$             of the outstanding 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

¨ TO TENDER the following Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered, if less than all):

$             of the outstanding 7¼% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.

¨ NOT TO TENDER any Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (i) the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of the Company, (ii) any New Notes to be received by the undersigned are being acquired in the ordinary course of its business, and (iii) the undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of New Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in

exchange for Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for New Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

SIGN HERE

Name of Beneficial Owner(s)

Signature(s)

Name(s) (please print)

Address

Telephone Number

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security No.

Date

-2-

EX-99.6

Exhibit 99.6

WHITING PETROLEUM CORPORATION

Offer to Exchange

Registered 7 ¹/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

For Any and All Outstanding Unregistered 7 ¹/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

                    , 2004

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 11:59 P.M., NEW YORK CITY

TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

Whiting Petroleum Corporation (the “Company”) is offering, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) its 7 ¹/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for all of its outstanding unregistered 7 ¹/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”). The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 11, 2004, by and among the Company, Whiting Oil and Gas Corporation, Whiting Programs, Inc. and the initial purchasers named therein, relating to the 7 ¹/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.

We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Old Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Old Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:

1. The Prospectus;

2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients;

3. A form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;

4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Old Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, along with an instruction form for obtaining such clients’ instructions with respect to the Exchange Offer; and

5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

Your prompt action is required. The Exchange Offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended by the Company (the “Expiration Date”). Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, certificates for Old Notes, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

If the registered holder of Old Notes desires to tender, but such Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such holder’s Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer – Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

We will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Old Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. We will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.

Very truly yours,

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

-2-